Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the goddess of thought

  • 1 mēns

        mēns mentis, f    [1 MAN-], the mind, disposition, feeling, character, heart, soul: mala, T.: conversae sunt omnium mentes, Cs.: mentis ferox, O.: mollis ad calamitates perferendas, Cs.— The conscience: adhibere testem, id est mentem suam: diri conscia facti, Iu.— The intellectual faculties, mind, understanding, intellect, reason, judgment, discernment, consideration, reflection: animos viventīs mente complecti, comprehend: mens sana in corpore sano, Iu.: mentis suae esse, in his right mind: captus mente, beside himself: mente paululum inminutā, S.: mentem amittere, lose one's mind: male tuta, H.: huic ex tempore dicenti effluit mens, his recollection vanished: quae tantā mente fiunt, intelligence: dictis adice mentem, attention, O.—In the phrase, venire in mentem, to come into mind, be thought of, occur: quotienscumque patria in mentem veniret, L.: numquam ea res tibi tam belle in mentem venire potuisset: ubi venit in mentem eius adventi, bethought himself, T.: ei venit in mentem potestatis: fac tibi legis veniat in mentem: in mentem tibi non venit quid negoti sit?: veniat in mentem, ut defenderimus, etc., L.: quid venit in mentem Callistheni, dicere, etc.? — Mind, thought, plan, purpose, intention, design: senatus unā voce ac mente restiterat: nostram nunc accipe mentem, V.: classem eā mente comparavit, ut, etc.: mentes deorum scrutari in fibris, O.: hac mente laborem ferre, H.— Spirit, boldness, courage: tua, quā arcem recepisti, L.: addere mentem, give courage, H.: demittunt mentes, lose courage, V.— Passion, impulse: dolor quod suaserit et mens, H.: Compesce mentem, H.—Person., the goddess of thought, L., C., O.
    * * *
    mind; reason, intellect, judgement; plan, intention, frame of mind; courage

    Latin-English dictionary > mēns

  • 2 Mens

    mens, mentis ( nom. sing. mentis: terra corpus est, at mentis ignis est, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 764 P.; so too, istic est de sole sumptus; isque totus mentis est, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 59 Müll.; cf. Enn. p. 168, v. 6 and 7 Vahl.), f. [from the root men, whence memini, q. v., and comminiscor], the mind, disposition; the heart, soul (class.).
    I.
    In gen.: fusi sine mente ac sine sensu ullo jaceant, Enn. ap. Non. 312, 26 (Ann. v. 134 Vahl.):

    nubilam mentem Animi habeo,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 6:

    mens animi,

    Cat. 65, 4:

    mens animi vigilat,

    Lucr. 4, 758:

    mala mens, malus animus,

    bad disposition, bad heart, Ter. And. 1, 1, 137:

    hominum erga se mentes,

    feelings, sentiments, Suet. Calig. 60:

    mens mollis ad calamitates perferendas,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 19:

    humanae mentis vitium... saeva cupido,

    Juv. 14, 175.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    The conscience:

    cum vero jurato sententia dicenda est, meminerit, deum se adhibere testem, id est ut ego arbitror, mentem suam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 10, 44:

    auditor, cui frigida mens est crimi nibus,

    Juv. 1, 166:

    quos diri conscia fact, Mens habet attonitos et surdo verbere caedit,

    id. 13, 194.—
    B.
    The intellectual faculties, the mind, understanding, intellect, reason, judgment, discernment, consideration, reflection, etc.: mens, cui regnum totius animi ( soul) a naturā tributum est, Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    animus ita est constitutus, ut habeat praestantiam mentis,

    id. Fin. 5, 12, 34:

    deorum mente atque ratione omnem mundum administrari et regi,

    id. N. D. 1, 2, 4:

    mente complecti aliquid,

    to comprehend, understand, id. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    sanum mentis esse,

    to be of sound mind, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 53:

    mens sana in corpore sano, Juv 10, 356: mentis suae esse,

    to be in one's right mind, in one's senses, Cic. Pis. 21, 50; so,

    mentis compotem esse,

    id. ib. 20, 48: captus mente, out of his senses, beside himself, mad (cf. menceps), id. Ac. 2, 17, 53; Paul. Sent. 3, 4, a, 11:

    mentem amittere,

    to lose one's mind, Cic. Har. Resp. 15. 31:

    mentis inops,

    Ov. H. 15, 139:

    huic ex tempore dicenti effluit mens,

    his recollection vanished, Cic. Brut. 61, 218:

    quis est tam vecors, qui ea, quae tanta mente fiunt, casu putet posse fieri?

    id. Har. Resp. 9, 19:

    vobis dent mentem oportet (di), ut prohibeatis, sicut mihi dederunt, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 18:

    quid tibi istuc in mentem venit?

    what comes into your mind? what are you thinking of? Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 34:

    modo hercle in mentem venit,

    id. As. 3, 2, 42:

    venit hoc mihi in mentem, te, etc.,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 49:

    venit in mentem, ut, etc.,

    id. Curc. 4, 4, 2.—With inf., Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 31.—With nom.:

    miserae ubi venit in mentem mortis metus,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 3, 23:

    servi venere in mentem calliditates,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 13:

    quotiescumque patria in mentem veniret,

    Liv. 5, 54, 3; 8, 5, 10; Quint. 12, 9, 13; cf.:

    numquam ea res tibi tam belle in mentem venire potuisset,

    Cic. Att. 12, 37, 2; id. Har. Resp. 26, 55.—With gen. (so mostly in Cic.):

    non minus saepe ei venit in mentem potestatis, quam aequitatis tuae,

    he bethought himself of, Cic. Quint. 2, 6:

    tibi tuarum virtutum veniat in mentem,

    id. de Or 2, 61, 249:

    venit mihi Platonis in mentem,

    id. Fin. 5, 1, 2:

    solet mihi in mentem venire illius temporis,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 1.—
    C.
    Mind, thought, plan, purpose, intention, design. quā facere id possis, nostram nunc accipe mentem, Verg. A. 1, 676: ut nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo tempore eādem mente sim futurus, [p. 1133] Nep. Hann. 2, 5:

    Dolabella classem eā mente comparavit, ut,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    mentes deorum scrutari in fibris,

    Ov. M. 15, 136:

    ferro percussit, sed non occidendi mente, Mos. et Rom. Leg. Coll. 1, 6, 3: poenae modus ex mente facientis statui potest,

    ib. 13, 3, 2:

    in mente est mihi dormire,

    I have a mind to, Petr. 21.—
    D.
    Spirit, boldness, courage: addere mentem, to give courage to, Hor Ep. 2, 2, 36:

    demittunt mentes,

    lose courage, Verg. A. 12, 609 (cf. animus).—
    E.
    Personified: Mens, the goddess of thought, whose festival was held on the eighth of June, Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19:

    Menti aedem T. Octacilius praetor vovit,

    Liv. 22, 10; cf. Ov. F. 6, 241.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Mens

  • 3 mens

    mens, mentis ( nom. sing. mentis: terra corpus est, at mentis ignis est, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 764 P.; so too, istic est de sole sumptus; isque totus mentis est, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 59 Müll.; cf. Enn. p. 168, v. 6 and 7 Vahl.), f. [from the root men, whence memini, q. v., and comminiscor], the mind, disposition; the heart, soul (class.).
    I.
    In gen.: fusi sine mente ac sine sensu ullo jaceant, Enn. ap. Non. 312, 26 (Ann. v. 134 Vahl.):

    nubilam mentem Animi habeo,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 6:

    mens animi,

    Cat. 65, 4:

    mens animi vigilat,

    Lucr. 4, 758:

    mala mens, malus animus,

    bad disposition, bad heart, Ter. And. 1, 1, 137:

    hominum erga se mentes,

    feelings, sentiments, Suet. Calig. 60:

    mens mollis ad calamitates perferendas,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 19:

    humanae mentis vitium... saeva cupido,

    Juv. 14, 175.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    The conscience:

    cum vero jurato sententia dicenda est, meminerit, deum se adhibere testem, id est ut ego arbitror, mentem suam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 10, 44:

    auditor, cui frigida mens est crimi nibus,

    Juv. 1, 166:

    quos diri conscia fact, Mens habet attonitos et surdo verbere caedit,

    id. 13, 194.—
    B.
    The intellectual faculties, the mind, understanding, intellect, reason, judgment, discernment, consideration, reflection, etc.: mens, cui regnum totius animi ( soul) a naturā tributum est, Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    animus ita est constitutus, ut habeat praestantiam mentis,

    id. Fin. 5, 12, 34:

    deorum mente atque ratione omnem mundum administrari et regi,

    id. N. D. 1, 2, 4:

    mente complecti aliquid,

    to comprehend, understand, id. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    sanum mentis esse,

    to be of sound mind, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 53:

    mens sana in corpore sano, Juv 10, 356: mentis suae esse,

    to be in one's right mind, in one's senses, Cic. Pis. 21, 50; so,

    mentis compotem esse,

    id. ib. 20, 48: captus mente, out of his senses, beside himself, mad (cf. menceps), id. Ac. 2, 17, 53; Paul. Sent. 3, 4, a, 11:

    mentem amittere,

    to lose one's mind, Cic. Har. Resp. 15. 31:

    mentis inops,

    Ov. H. 15, 139:

    huic ex tempore dicenti effluit mens,

    his recollection vanished, Cic. Brut. 61, 218:

    quis est tam vecors, qui ea, quae tanta mente fiunt, casu putet posse fieri?

    id. Har. Resp. 9, 19:

    vobis dent mentem oportet (di), ut prohibeatis, sicut mihi dederunt, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 18:

    quid tibi istuc in mentem venit?

    what comes into your mind? what are you thinking of? Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 34:

    modo hercle in mentem venit,

    id. As. 3, 2, 42:

    venit hoc mihi in mentem, te, etc.,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 49:

    venit in mentem, ut, etc.,

    id. Curc. 4, 4, 2.—With inf., Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 31.—With nom.:

    miserae ubi venit in mentem mortis metus,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 3, 23:

    servi venere in mentem calliditates,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 13:

    quotiescumque patria in mentem veniret,

    Liv. 5, 54, 3; 8, 5, 10; Quint. 12, 9, 13; cf.:

    numquam ea res tibi tam belle in mentem venire potuisset,

    Cic. Att. 12, 37, 2; id. Har. Resp. 26, 55.—With gen. (so mostly in Cic.):

    non minus saepe ei venit in mentem potestatis, quam aequitatis tuae,

    he bethought himself of, Cic. Quint. 2, 6:

    tibi tuarum virtutum veniat in mentem,

    id. de Or 2, 61, 249:

    venit mihi Platonis in mentem,

    id. Fin. 5, 1, 2:

    solet mihi in mentem venire illius temporis,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 1.—
    C.
    Mind, thought, plan, purpose, intention, design. quā facere id possis, nostram nunc accipe mentem, Verg. A. 1, 676: ut nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo tempore eādem mente sim futurus, [p. 1133] Nep. Hann. 2, 5:

    Dolabella classem eā mente comparavit, ut,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    mentes deorum scrutari in fibris,

    Ov. M. 15, 136:

    ferro percussit, sed non occidendi mente, Mos. et Rom. Leg. Coll. 1, 6, 3: poenae modus ex mente facientis statui potest,

    ib. 13, 3, 2:

    in mente est mihi dormire,

    I have a mind to, Petr. 21.—
    D.
    Spirit, boldness, courage: addere mentem, to give courage to, Hor Ep. 2, 2, 36:

    demittunt mentes,

    lose courage, Verg. A. 12, 609 (cf. animus).—
    E.
    Personified: Mens, the goddess of thought, whose festival was held on the eighth of June, Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19:

    Menti aedem T. Octacilius praetor vovit,

    Liv. 22, 10; cf. Ov. F. 6, 241.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > mens

  • 4 hacer

    v.
    1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    Ella hace la tarea She does her work.
    2 to make.
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony
    hacer una fiesta to have a party
    para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…
    Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.
    Le hago estudiar I make him study.
    Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)
    4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).
    5 to build (to build).
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).
    le hice señas I signaled to her
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).
    este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat
    9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter
    10 to think, to reckon.
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now
    11 to be done to.
    Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.
    12 to place.
    Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.
    13 to be made to.
    Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.
    14 to be made for.
    Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.
    15 to travel, to make.
    Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    hecho,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    2) do
    3) be
    •
    - hacer falta
    - hacerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

    ¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

    ¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

    ¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

    • hacer el [amor] — to make love

    • hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

    hacer algo por hacer —

    2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do
    3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

    • le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

    4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

    el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

    el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

    ¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

    • hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

    • hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

    • hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

    • hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

    • hacer [sitio] — to make room

    • hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

    5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

    hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

    • hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

    6) (=dedicarse a)

    ¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

    • hacer [cine] — to make films

    • hacer [teatro] — to act

    7) (=actuar)

    hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

    8) (=sumar) to make

    y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

    9) (=cumplir)

    voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

    10) (=obligar) + infin to make

    • hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

    • me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

    • hacer [que] + subjun —

    11) (=mandar)
    + infin
    12) (=transformar) + adj to make
    13) (=pensar) to think

    yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

    14) (=acostumbrar)
    15) (=ejercitar)
    16)

    • hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=comportarse)

    • hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

    hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

    2)

    • [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

    dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

    3) (=importar)

    no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

    4) (=ser apropiado)

    ¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

    5) (=apetecer)

    ¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

    ¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

    6) [seguido de preposición]
    hacer de (Teat) to play the part of hacer por (=intentar)

    hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

    3. VERBO IMPERSONAL
    1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

    hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

    ¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

    2) [con expresiones temporales]

    hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

    hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

    ¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

    • [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

    3) LAm (=haber, tener)
    4.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.
    Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
    Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    ----
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

    Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

    Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

    * * *
    hacer [ E18 ]
    ■ hacer (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 crear
    2 extender: cheque, factura etc
    B efectuar, llevar a cabo
    C formular, expresar
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc
    F preparar, arreglar
    G
    1 producir, causar
    2 refiriéndose a sonidos
    H recorrer
    I en cálculos, enumeraciones
    A
    1 ocuparse en una actividad
    2 como profesión, ocupación
    3 estudiar
    B
    1 actuar de cierta manera
    2 dar cierto uso
    3 causar daño
    C actuar como
    D hacer una vida
    E sustituyendo a otro verbo
    F afectar, importar
    A transformar en, volver
    B dar apariencia de
    C inducir a, ser la causa de que
    D obligar a
    E hacer hacer algo
    F acostumbrar
    G suponer, imaginar
    ■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 obrar, actuar
    2 hacer bien, mal etc
    B con las necesidades fisiológicas
    C fingir, simular
    D intentar, procurar
    E servir
    F interpretar un personaje
    A
    1 sentarle bien, mal
    2 quedar, resultar
    B corresponder
    C no le hace
    D en tercera persona: concernir
    E apetecer
    ■ hacer (verbo impersonal)
    A
    1 refiriéndose al tiempo
    2 familiar humorístico
    B expresando el tiempo transcurrido
    ■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)
    A producirse
    B
    1 hacer para sí
    2 hacer que otro haga
    C causarse
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir
    A
    1 volverse, convertirse en
    2 impersonal
    3 cocinarse
    4 pasarle (a algn)
    B resultar
    C dar la impresión de
    D causativo
    E acostumbrarse
    F fingirse
    G
    1 moverse
    2 colocarse
    H hacerse con
    I hacerse de
    vt
    A
    1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew
    les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes
    hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow
    hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area
    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table
    le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant
    hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple
    2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write
    me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check
    B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do
    estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey
    me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me
    hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe
    hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping
    me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift
    tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run
    ¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?
    me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer
    hicimos un trato we did o made a deal
    hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play
    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do
    C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask
    nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected
    nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)
    hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)
    hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet
    E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make
    hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile
    F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack
    tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch
    hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven
    G
    1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make
    este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather
    esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny
    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'
    el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes
    ¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?
    H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do
    hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours
    I
    (en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
    hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list
    A
    ¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?
    ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?
    no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain
    no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty
    le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater
    están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
    deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?
    no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip
    2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    ¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor
    3 (estudiar) to do
    hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law
    hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course
    hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy
    B
    1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do
    yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same
    perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose
    haz lo que quieras do what you like
    aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes
    ¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!
    haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him
    ¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?
    no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice
    hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director
    si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)
    la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal
    hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside
    ¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat
    hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb
    se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her
    soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!
    mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!
    2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do
    ¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?
    no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts
    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?
    3
    (causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb
    no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you
    yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her
    no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me
    C
    ( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around
    D
    (llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life
    trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life
    E
    (sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better
    voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it
    voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it
    F
    ( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?
    eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all
    A (transformar en, volver) to make
    te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son
    la hizo su mujer he made her his wife
    agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor
    hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces
    la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous
    este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible
    quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible
    hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth
    hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking
    hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    B
    (dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner
    el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger
    C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF
    una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry
    todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened
    hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over
    haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in
    eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end
    hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF
    ¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!
    esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow
    D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours
    se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again
    me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it
    me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five
    hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF
    hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down
    E
    hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done
    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding
    F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth
    pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working
    G
    (suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires
    tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger
    ¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!
    ■ hacer
    vi
    A
    1
    (obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it
    tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it
    déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best
    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?
    no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary
    hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity
    tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything
    ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing
    hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes
    ¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)
    2 (+ complemento):
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet
    B
    ( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
    hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)
    hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)
    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)
    C
    (fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
    cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading
    hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear
    hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:
    haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it
    D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF
    tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)
    tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her
    E (servir) hacer DE algo:
    esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning
    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy
    hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet
    A (+ compl)
    1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit
    ¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!
    los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill
    2
    ( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures
    esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar
    esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock
    C
    no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)
    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?
    (concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application
    E
    ( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)
    te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)
    ■
    A
    (refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
    hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)
    nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather
    ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather
    hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
    parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry
    ¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?
    B
    (expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years
    ¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?
    lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago
    lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time
    hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him
    hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently
    A
    (producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it
    si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps
    se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister
    hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship
    por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)
    B
    1 ( refl)
    (hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes
    se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house
    2 ( caus)
    (hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome
    se hicieron una casita they had a little house built
    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure
    tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed
    C
    (causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger
    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?
    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants
    se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed
    ¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)
    E ( refl)
    (adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world
    sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that
    A
    1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become
    se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun
    se hizo famoso he became famous
    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early
    vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late
    (+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him
    3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook
    dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat
    4
    ( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to
    B
    (resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again
    (+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable
    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here
    se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
    se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky
    D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:
    tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you
    el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming
    cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte
    es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking
    se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built
    hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor
    E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth
    no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country
    no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea
    hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING
    no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone
    F
    (fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent
    seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't
    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)
    no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me
    se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand
    yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice
    G
    1 (moverse) (+ compl):
    hacerse atrás to move back
    hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside
    hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way
    2
    ( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?
    H hacerse con to take
    el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city
    se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune
    tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow
    se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company
    lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company
    no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup
    ( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous
    tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money
    se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hacer algo
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hacer to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hacer v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    ' hacer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - aclarar
    - acopio
    - acto
    - adelantar
    - adelantamiento
    - advertir
    - alarde
    - aliviar
    - amagar
    - amarrar
    - amor
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - añicos
    - aplanar
    - aprecio
    - aprender
    - aspaviento
    - atonía
    - autostop
    - ayuno
    - balance
    - broma
    - burla
    - burrada
    - cábala
    - caballo
    - cabronada
    - caca
    - cafetera
    - caja
    - calceta
    - calentar
    - callar
    - calle
    - calor
    - cama
    - capacitar
    - capaz
    - caso
    - castigar
    - castillo
    - chantaje
    - colar
    - colada
    - colecta
    - comecome
    - comentar
    - como
    English:
    abort
    - abstain
    - abuse
    - accent
    - accentuate
    - accepted
    - accustom
    - act
    - advance
    - advertise
    - afraid
    - again
    - agitate
    - agree
    - aim at
    - aim to
    - air
    - all-out
    - amenable
    - antsy
    - apart
    - appearance
    - arm-twisting
    - as
    - assert
    - attempt
    - audition
    - authorize
    - backup
    - bake
    - balance
    - bandy about
    - bed
    - begin
    - blast
    - blind
    - blueberry
    - blur
    - boil
    - bonk
    - boohoo
    - book in
    - bounce
    - bring in
    - bubble
    - budget
    - bulldoze
    - bully
    - bundle
    - burp
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;
    hacer una fiesta to have a party;
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;
    hacer un nudo to tie a knot;
    los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;
    haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
    Fam
    tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;
    Fam
    ¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!
    2. [construir] to build;
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    3. [generar] to produce;
    el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;
    le hice señas I signalled to her;
    el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;
    el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
    [retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
    6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
    [viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
    hacer una entrevista to do an interview;
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;
    hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;
    hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering
    7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
    CSur Fam
    y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;
    ¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
    Fam
    haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;
    ¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;
    8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
    [tenis, fútbol] to play;
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
    [cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
    10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;
    este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat
    11. [transformar en]
    hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;
    la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;
    hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;
    hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;
    hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her
    12. [comportarse como]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool;
    hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;
    hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself
    13. [causar]
    me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;
    un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
    Am
    esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me
    14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
    [obra] to do, to perform;
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;
    hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays
    15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;
    te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger
    16. [ser causa de]
    hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;
    me hizo reír it made me laugh;
    has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;
    haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;
    la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off
    17. [mandar]
    hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;
    voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;
    la hizo callarse he made her shut up
    18. [acostumbrar]
    la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone
    19. [cumplir]
    hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week
    20. [completar] to make;
    tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;
    y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;
    hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list
    21. [conseguir] to make;
    hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;
    hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia
    22. [recorrer] to do;
    ¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;
    hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day
    23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
    Euf
    tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
    Fam
    los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee
    24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;
    se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;
    ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to
    ♦ vi
    1. [intervenir, actuar]
    déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;
    ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company
    2.
    hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
    [servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
    hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;
    este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;
    hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote
    3. [aparentar]
    hacer como si to act as if;
    haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care
    4. [procurar, intentar]
    hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;
    haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight
    5. [proceder]
    haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;
    hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?
    6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
    ¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?
    7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
    ¿hiciste? have you done anything?;
    preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out
    8. Méx Fam
    hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;
    me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me
    9. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [profesión] to do;
    por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing
    10. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [droga] to do;
    ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke
    11. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;
    le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;
    dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around
    12. Méx Fam
    no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;
    perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!
    13. Méx, RP
    no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;
    no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;
    ¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!
    ♦ v impersonal
    1. [tiempo meteorológico]
    hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;
    hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;
    mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow
    2. [tiempo transcurrido]
    hace diez años ten years ago;
    hace mucho a long time ago;
    hace poco not long ago;
    hace un rato a short while ago;
    hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;
    no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;
    ¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?
    * * *
    <part hecho>
    I v/t
    1 ( realizar) do;
    ¡haz algo! do something!;
    hacer una pregunta ask a question;
    tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;
    no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;
    no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;
    se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;
    ¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!
    2 ( elaborar, crear) make;
    hacer la comida make o cook a meal;
    hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen
    3 ( obligar a)
    :
    hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;
    le hicieron ir they made him go
    4 ( cumplir)
    :
    hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday
    5 ( equivaler a)
    :
    esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter
    6
    :
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life
    II v/i
    1
    :
    haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going
    2 ( sentar)
    :
    me hace mal it’s making me ill
    3 ( servir de)
    :
    esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table
    4 ( fingir)
    :
    como si act as if
    5 L.Am.
    no le hace it doesn’t matter
    6 L.Am. ( parecer)
    :
    se me hace que it seems to me that
    :
    ¿hace? fam does that sound good?
    8
    :
    hacer de malo TEA play the villain
    :
    hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;
    hace tres días three days ago;
    hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;
    desde hace un año for a year
    * * *
    hacer {40} vt
    1) : to make
    2) : to do, to perform
    3) : to force, to oblige
    los hice esperar: I made them wait
    hacer vi
    : to act
    haces bien: you're doing the right thing
    hacer v impers
    hacer frío: to be cold
    hace viento: it's windy
    2)
    hace : ago
    hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time
    3)
    no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference
    4)
    hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed
    * * *
    hacer vb
    1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]
    ¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?
    2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    ¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?
    ¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?
    ¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?
    ¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?
    4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...
    5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]
    6. (aparentar) to pretend
    8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about
    hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]
    hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]
    hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]
    hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]
    hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

    Spanish-English dictionary > hacer

  • 5 loco

    adj.
    1 crazy, cracked, batty, crazed.
    2 crazy.
    m.
    madman, crackpot, crazy person, head case.
    * * *
    1 (gen) mad, crazy, insane
    2 (muy ocupado) terribly busy
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 lunatic, insane person
    \
    a lo loco any old how
    como un,-a loco,-a like mad
    estar loco,-a de alegría to be over the moon
    estar loco,-a por alguien to be mad about somebody
    hacer el loco to act wild
    hacerse el/la loco,-a to pretend to know nothing, act dumb
    ¡ni loco,-a! no way!
    volver loco,-a a alguien to drive somebody crazy, drive somebody mad
    volverse loco,-a to go mad
    loco,-a de remate stark raving mad
    * * *
    1. (f. - loca)
    adj.
    crazy, mad
    2. (f. - loca)
    noun
    * * *
    loco, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=no cuerdo) mad, crazy

    ¿estás loco? — are you mad o crazy?

    no seas loco, eso es muy arriesgado — don't be stupid, that's very risky

    una brújula loca — a compass whose needle no longer points north

    estaba loco de alegría — he was mad o wild with joy

    • andar o estar loco con algo — (=preocupado) to be worried to death about sth; (=contento) to be crazy about sth

    • está loco por algn/algo, está loco por esa chica — he's mad o crazy about that girl

    anda o está loca por irse a Inglaterra — she's mad keen to go to England

    • tener o traer loco a algn, este asunto me tiene o trae loco — this business is driving me crazy

    • volver loco a algn — to drive sb mad, drive sb round the bend

    • volverse loco — to go insane, go mad

    2) (=frenético) hectic
    3) * (=enorme)
    2.
    SM / F lunatic, madman/madwoman

    el loco de César se ha comprado otro coche — that lunatic o madman César has bought another car

    • correr como un loco — to run like mad

    • gritar como un loco — to shout like a madman, shout one's head off

    • hacerse el loco — to act the fool

    • es un loco perdido — he's stark raving mad

    • ponerse como un loco — to start acting like a madman/madwoman

    3.
    SM Chile abalone, false abalone
    * * *
    I
    - ca adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane
    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq)

    este tipo está medio loco — (fam) the guy's not all there (colloq)

    no seas loco, te vas a matar — don't be stupid, you'll kill yourself

    ¿disculparme yo? ni (que estuviera) loco! — what, me apologize? not in a million years!

    hacer algo a lo loco — to do something any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq)

    estar loco de remate or de atar — (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq)

    tener or (Esp) traer loco a alguien — to be driving somebody crazy (colloq)

    c) (contento, entusiasmado)

    están locos con el nieto — they're besotted with their grandchild

    d) (fam) ( ajetreado)
    2)
    b)

    loco de algo: estaba loca de alegría she was blissfully happy; está loco de celos he's wild with jealousy; estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain; está loca de amor — she's madly in love

    II
    - ca masculino, femenino
    1) ( enfermo mental) (m) madman; (f) madwoman

    maneja or (Esp) conduce como un loco — he drives like a lunatic

    corrimos como locos — (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq)

    el loco de Javier se vino a pie — Javier walked here, mad fool that he is

    hay mucho loco suelto — (fam) there are a lot of weirdos about (colloq)

    cada loco con su tema — (fam) to each his own

    la loca de la casa — (liter) the imagination

    2) loco masculino (Zool) abalone
    * * *
    = crazy [crazier -comp., craziest -sup.], demented, crazed, daft [dafter -comp., daftest -sup.], bananas, mad, insane, deranged, out of + Posesivo + mind, lunatic, nut, bonkers, wacko, dolally tap, dolally [do-lally], imbecile, berserk, wacky [wackier -comp., wackiest -sup.], madman, nutter, off + Posesivo + nut, kook, daffy [daffier -comp., daffiest -sup.], loony [loonier -comp., looniest -sup], maniac, out of + Posesivo + senses, off + Posesivo + knocker, off + Posesivo + rocker, moonstruck.
    Ex. Lest it appear that Ms Marshall's committee and a few others of us, notoriously associated with that kind of work, are little more than crazy, fire-breathing radicals, let me add this gloss immediately.
    Ex. Without the ability to select when faced with these choices we would be like demented dogs chasing every attractive smell that reaches our noses in complete confusion of purpose.
    Ex. Many of the inhabitants were shot dead or injured by a crazed gunman.
    Ex. Ranking among the dafter exercises sometimes imposed on children is the one that requires them to describe a screwdriver or a vase or the desks they sit at, or any familiar object.
    Ex. It is frequently lack of that causes teachers to accuse children of being lazy, uncooperative, insubordinate, rude, or plain bananas.
    Ex. When J D Brown allowed the public of Islington to have open access to the books in the 1890s he was regarded by many of his colleagues as mad!.
    Ex. Ramakrishna was deemed holy by his followers but considered insane by many non-Hindus chiefly because of his behavior when interacting with the goddess Kali.
    Ex. Accessing the web today is like entering a large library, where there is no catalogue but where a deranged janitor has assembled in the lobby a few pages torn from the indexes of randomly selected volumes.
    Ex. The article ' Out of their minds: legal theory in neural networks' criticises the use of neural networks in law.
    Ex. This put the matter down to the work of a marginal fringe of hotheads & lunatics.
    Ex. The ratings war between TV programmes has produced an emphasis on ' nuts, sluts, & perverts' & their victims, & discussion of sexual problems are commonplace on TV talk shows.
    Ex. This client was bonkers, but believable.
    Ex. Varieties of bad bosses include disagreeable taskmasters, overly ambitious artists, and outright ' wackos'.
    Ex. Now I know this country of ours is totally dolally tap!.
    Ex. The server has gone dolally by the looks of it.
    Ex. The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.
    Ex. Today, hyperbolic comic and cartoon imagery is an established movie aesthetic -- a berserk but ironic Pop Art expressionism.
    Ex. 'Open Season' is a wild and wacky animated comedy set in the town of Timberline.
    Ex. Since January of 2006 we have had to deal with the raving lunatics and suicidal madmen of the ruling party of Hamas.
    Ex. Even if we do come up with an alternative to nuclear power, in the future, there will be nutters protesting that as well.
    Ex. A few years later Stewart went completely off his nut, staged a series of bombings, and wound up in prison after a bizarre kidnapping stunt.
    Ex. He then ended his affair with Mia, Bram's housekeeper cum lottery winner and daughter of the kook who swears he was abuducted by aliens.
    Ex. This isn't as daffy as it seems to us as we hustle about on the verge of the third millennium.
    Ex. Some loud loonies are not dangerous to the library while others may be; the librarian needs to be able to guess which is which.
    Ex. The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex. He means well for his country, is always an honest man, often a wise one, but sometimes and in some things, absolutely out of his senses.
    Ex. Every firearm hast its pros and cons and anyone who tells you otherwise is off their knocker.
    Ex. I find it fascinating how Bradley can be perfectly reasonable one moment, and off his rocker the next.
    Ex. ' Moonstruck' has all the fun of movies about weddings: a reluctant groom, an overeager bride, and an emotionally distraught family.
    ----
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * buscando como loco = in hot pursuit of.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * chillar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * gritar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * hacerse el loco = act + dumb, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have heard, pretend + not to have seen, turn + a deaf ear to.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * loco como una cabra = raving lunatic.
    * loco de alegría = chuffed to bits.
    * loco de atar = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic, stir-crazy.
    * loco de contento = chuffed to bits.
    * loco del deporte = sports freak.
    * loco de remate = barking mad, certified madman.
    * loco perdido = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic.
    * ¡ni loco! = Not on your life!, You won't catch me doing it.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * ponerse como loco = get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * sine loco (s.l.) = s.l. (sine loco).
    * trabajar como un loco = work off + Posesivo + shoes.
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).
    * * *
    I
    - ca adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane
    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq)

    este tipo está medio loco — (fam) the guy's not all there (colloq)

    no seas loco, te vas a matar — don't be stupid, you'll kill yourself

    ¿disculparme yo? ni (que estuviera) loco! — what, me apologize? not in a million years!

    hacer algo a lo loco — to do something any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq)

    estar loco de remate or de atar — (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq)

    tener or (Esp) traer loco a alguien — to be driving somebody crazy (colloq)

    c) (contento, entusiasmado)

    están locos con el nieto — they're besotted with their grandchild

    d) (fam) ( ajetreado)
    2)
    b)

    loco de algo: estaba loca de alegría she was blissfully happy; está loco de celos he's wild with jealousy; estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain; está loca de amor — she's madly in love

    II
    - ca masculino, femenino
    1) ( enfermo mental) (m) madman; (f) madwoman

    maneja or (Esp) conduce como un loco — he drives like a lunatic

    corrimos como locos — (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq)

    el loco de Javier se vino a pie — Javier walked here, mad fool that he is

    hay mucho loco suelto — (fam) there are a lot of weirdos about (colloq)

    cada loco con su tema — (fam) to each his own

    la loca de la casa — (liter) the imagination

    2) loco masculino (Zool) abalone
    * * *
    = crazy [crazier -comp., craziest -sup.], demented, crazed, daft [dafter -comp., daftest -sup.], bananas, mad, insane, deranged, out of + Posesivo + mind, lunatic, nut, bonkers, wacko, dolally tap, dolally [do-lally], imbecile, berserk, wacky [wackier -comp., wackiest -sup.], madman, nutter, off + Posesivo + nut, kook, daffy [daffier -comp., daffiest -sup.], loony [loonier -comp., looniest -sup], maniac, out of + Posesivo + senses, off + Posesivo + knocker, off + Posesivo + rocker, moonstruck.

    Ex: Lest it appear that Ms Marshall's committee and a few others of us, notoriously associated with that kind of work, are little more than crazy, fire-breathing radicals, let me add this gloss immediately.

    Ex: Without the ability to select when faced with these choices we would be like demented dogs chasing every attractive smell that reaches our noses in complete confusion of purpose.
    Ex: Many of the inhabitants were shot dead or injured by a crazed gunman.
    Ex: Ranking among the dafter exercises sometimes imposed on children is the one that requires them to describe a screwdriver or a vase or the desks they sit at, or any familiar object.
    Ex: It is frequently lack of that causes teachers to accuse children of being lazy, uncooperative, insubordinate, rude, or plain bananas.
    Ex: When J D Brown allowed the public of Islington to have open access to the books in the 1890s he was regarded by many of his colleagues as mad!.
    Ex: Ramakrishna was deemed holy by his followers but considered insane by many non-Hindus chiefly because of his behavior when interacting with the goddess Kali.
    Ex: Accessing the web today is like entering a large library, where there is no catalogue but where a deranged janitor has assembled in the lobby a few pages torn from the indexes of randomly selected volumes.
    Ex: The article ' Out of their minds: legal theory in neural networks' criticises the use of neural networks in law.
    Ex: This put the matter down to the work of a marginal fringe of hotheads & lunatics.
    Ex: The ratings war between TV programmes has produced an emphasis on ' nuts, sluts, & perverts' & their victims, & discussion of sexual problems are commonplace on TV talk shows.
    Ex: This client was bonkers, but believable.
    Ex: Varieties of bad bosses include disagreeable taskmasters, overly ambitious artists, and outright ' wackos'.
    Ex: Now I know this country of ours is totally dolally tap!.
    Ex: The server has gone dolally by the looks of it.
    Ex: The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.
    Ex: Today, hyperbolic comic and cartoon imagery is an established movie aesthetic -- a berserk but ironic Pop Art expressionism.
    Ex: 'Open Season' is a wild and wacky animated comedy set in the town of Timberline.
    Ex: Since January of 2006 we have had to deal with the raving lunatics and suicidal madmen of the ruling party of Hamas.
    Ex: Even if we do come up with an alternative to nuclear power, in the future, there will be nutters protesting that as well.
    Ex: A few years later Stewart went completely off his nut, staged a series of bombings, and wound up in prison after a bizarre kidnapping stunt.
    Ex: He then ended his affair with Mia, Bram's housekeeper cum lottery winner and daughter of the kook who swears he was abuducted by aliens.
    Ex: This isn't as daffy as it seems to us as we hustle about on the verge of the third millennium.
    Ex: Some loud loonies are not dangerous to the library while others may be; the librarian needs to be able to guess which is which.
    Ex: The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex: He means well for his country, is always an honest man, often a wise one, but sometimes and in some things, absolutely out of his senses.
    Ex: Every firearm hast its pros and cons and anyone who tells you otherwise is off their knocker.
    Ex: I find it fascinating how Bradley can be perfectly reasonable one moment, and off his rocker the next.
    Ex: ' Moonstruck' has all the fun of movies about weddings: a reluctant groom, an overeager bride, and an emotionally distraught family.
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * buscando como loco = in hot pursuit of.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * chillar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * gritar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * hacerse el loco = act + dumb, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have heard, pretend + not to have seen, turn + a deaf ear to.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * loco como una cabra = raving lunatic.
    * loco de alegría = chuffed to bits.
    * loco de atar = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic, stir-crazy.
    * loco de contento = chuffed to bits.
    * loco del deporte = sports freak.
    * loco de remate = barking mad, certified madman.
    * loco perdido = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic.
    * ¡ni loco! = Not on your life!, You won't catch me doing it.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * ponerse como loco = get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * sine loco (s.l.) = s.l. (sine loco).
    * trabajar como un loco = work off + Posesivo + shoes.
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).

    * * *
    loco1 -ca
    A
    1 ( Med, Psic) mad, insane
    2 (chiflado) crazy ( colloq), nuts ( colloq), mad ( BrE colloq)
    este tipo está medio loco ( fam); this guy's not all there ( colloq), this guy's a bit cracked ( colloq)
    ¡pero ustedes están or ( AmL) son locos! you must be crazy o mad o insane o out of your mind! ( colloq)
    no seas loco, te vas a matar don't be so stupid o foolish, you'll kill yourself
    eso no lo hago (pero) ni loco there's no way I'd do that, nothing in the world would make me do that o induce me to do that
    ¿disculparme yo? ¡ni (que estuviera) loco! what, me apologize? not in a million years o no way o never!
    llenó el formulario a lo loco she completed the form any which way ( AmE) o ( BrE) any old how ( colloq)
    gasta dinero a lo loco he spends money like water o like there's no tomorrow
    estar loco de remate or de atar ( fam); to be stark raving o stark staring mad, to be nutty as a fruitcake ( colloq), to be completely nuts ( colloq), to be mad as a hatter ( BrE)
    traer or tener loco a algn ( Esp); to be driving sb mad o crazy o up the wall o round the bend ( colloq)
    volver loco a algn to drive sb mad o crazy ( colloq)
    vuelve locos a los hombres she drives men wild ( colloq)
    el chocolate me vuelve loca I adore chocolate, I'm a chocolate addict ( colloq)
    volverse loco to go mad
    este desorden es para volverse loco this mess is enough to drive you crazy ( colloq)
    3
    (contento, entusiasmado): están locos con el nieto they're besotted with o crazy about their grandchild
    está loca por él she's mad o crazy o wild about him ( colloq)
    está loco por verla/por que le presenten a Laura he's dying o ( BrE) mad keen to see her/to be introduced to Laura ( colloq)
    es loco por las aceitunas (CS); he's crazy about o mad on olives ( colloq)
    4 ( fam) (preocupado) worried sick ( colloq)
    anda (como) loco con las pruebas he's worried sick about the tests
    B
    1
    (indicando gran cantidad): tengo unas ganas locas de verla I'm really looking forward to seeing her, I'm dying to see her ( colloq)
    tuvo una suerte loca she was incredibly lucky
    la obra tuvo un éxito loco the play was hugely successful
    tienen la guita loca ( RPl arg); they're rolling in it ( colloq), they're absolutely loaded ( colloq)
    2 loco DE algo:
    estaba loca de alegría or de contenta she was incredibly happy, she was over the moon ( BrE colloq)
    está loco de ira/celos he's wild with anger/jealousy
    estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain
    está loca de amor por él she's madly in love with him
    3
    (CS fam) (indicando poca cantidad): por cuatro clientes locos que puedan venir, no vamos a abrir it's not worth opening up just for a few odd customers
    loco2 -ca
    masculine, feminine
    A (enfermo mental) ( masculine) madman; ( feminine) madwoman
    se puso como un loco al oír la noticia he went crazy o mad when he heard the news
    maneja or ( Esp) conduce como un loco he drives like a madman o lunatic
    corrimos como locos para alcanzar el autobús ( fam); we ran like crazy o mad to catch the bus ( colloq)
    gritaba como una loca she was shouting like a madwoman, she was shouting her head off ( colloq)
    ¡qué desorganización, esto es de locos! what chaos! this is pure o sheer madness!
    el loco de Javier se ha venido a pie Javier walked here, madman that he is
    hoy en día hay mucho loco suelto ( fam); there are a lot of loonies o nutcases o weirdos about these days ( colloq)
    cada loco con su tema ( fam); to each his own, each to his own ( BrE)
    ahora le ha dado por el budismo — cada loco con su tema she's into Buddhism now — oh well, each to his own o ( colloq) whatever turns you on
    hacer el loco ( Chi fam); to make a fool of oneself
    hacerse el loco to act dumb ( colloq)
    no te hagas el loco don't act dumb, don't pretend you haven't seen/heard
    la loca de la casa ( liter); the imagination
    B
    loco masculine ( Chi) ( Zool) abalone
    C
    loco masculine ( RPl arg) (hombre) guy ( colloq), bloke ( BrE colloq)
    * * *

     

    loco 1
    ◊ -ca adjetivo

    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane

    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq);


    eso no lo hago (pero) ni loco there's no way I'd do that;
    hacer algo a lo loco to do sth any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq);
    estar loco de remate (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq);
    tener or (Esp) traer loco a algn to be driving sb crazy (colloq);
    volver loco a algn to drive sb crazy (colloq);
    volverse loco to go mad


    está loco por volver he's dying to come back (colloq)
    d) (fam) ( ajetreado):




    tuvo una suerte loca she was incredibly lucky
    f) estar loco de algo: ‹de entusiasmo/furia/celos› to be wild with sth;

    ‹de dolor/remordimiento› to be racked with sth;

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( enfermo mental) (m) madman;
    (f) madwoman;
    ◊ se puso como un loco he went crazy o mad;

    corrimos como locos (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq);
    hacerse el loco to act dumb (colloq)
    loco 2 sustantivo masculino (Chi) (Zool) abalone
    loco,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 mad, crazy
    volverse loco, to lose one's mind o to go mad
    2 (deseoso) estoy loco por ir a París, I'm eager to travel to Paris
    3 (entusiasmado) está loca de alegría, she's thrilled
    está loco por las motos, he's crazy about motorbikes
    II m,f (hombre) madman, (mujer) madwoman
    ♦ Locuciones: hacerse el loco, to act the fool
    familiar ¡ni loco!, I'd sooner die!
    familiar traer/volver loco a alguien, to drive sb crazy
    a lo loco, crazily

    ' loco' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atar
    - chiflada
    - chiflado
    - conforme
    - enajenar
    - enajenarse
    - estragos
    - hormigueo
    - ida
    - ido
    - loc. cit.
    - loca
    - tema
    - tocada
    - tocado
    - trastocarse
    - trastornar
    - volver
    - volverse
    - carro
    - maniaco
    - perdido
    - poner
    - rayado
    - rayar
    - rematado
    English:
    amok
    - away
    - bend
    - berserk
    - beside
    - bit
    - bonkers
    - certifiable
    - change over
    - cracker
    - crazy
    - cuckoo
    - delirious
    - demented
    - drive
    - gaga
    - head
    - hijack
    - insane
    - loony
    - lunatic
    - mad
    - madly
    - madman
    - maniac
    - mind
    - moon
    - nut
    - nuts
    - nutter
    - nutty
    - parched
    - potshot
    - rampage
    - raving
    - roadhog
    - send
    - some
    - something
    - stark
    - wall
    - wild
    - wildly
    - wind up
    - wit
    - bumper car
    - cracked
    - fear
    - flap
    - go
    * * *
    loco, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [demente] mad, crazy;
    volver loco a alguien [enajenar, aturdir] to drive sb mad;
    esos martillazos en la pared me van a volver loco that hammering on the wall is driving me mad;
    el dolor lo volvía loco the pain was driving him mad;
    volverse loco to go mad;
    este niño me trae loco this child is driving me mad;
    estar loco de atar o [m5] de remate to be stark raving mad;
    ¡ni loco! (absolutely) no way!;
    ¡no lo haría ni loco! there's no way you'd get me doing that!
    2. [insensato] mad, crazy;
    no seas loca, es muy peligroso don't be (so) stupid, it's very dangerous;
    está medio loco pero es muy simpático he's a bit crazy, but he's very nice with it;
    a lo loco [sin pensar] hastily;
    [temerariamente] wildly;
    conduce o Am [m5] maneja a lo loco he drives like a madman
    3. [apasionado, entusiasmado] mad, crazy;
    la abuela está loca con su nieto the grandmother's mad o crazy about her grandson;
    estar loco de contento/pasión to be wild with joy/passion;
    estar loco de amor to be madly in love;
    estar loco de celos to be wildly o insanely jealous;
    estar loco de ira to be raging mad;
    estar o CSur [m5]ser loco por algo/alguien to be mad about sth/sb;
    está o CSur [m5] es loco por ella [enamorado] he's madly in love with her, he's crazy about her;
    está loca por conocerte she's dying to meet you;
    está (como) loco por que lleguen los invitados he's desperate for the guests to arrive, he can't wait for the guests to arrive;
    le vuelve loco el fútbol he's mad about soccer o Br football, he's soccer-crazy o Br football-crazy;
    la vuelve loca la paella she absolutely adores paella
    4. [muy ajetreado] mad, hectic;
    llevamos una semana loca it's been a mad week for us
    5. [enorme]
    tengo unas ganas locas de conocer Italia I'm absolutely dying to go to Italy;
    tuvimos una suerte loca we were extraordinarily o amazingly lucky;
    RP Fam
    tener la guita loca to be rolling in it
    6. RP Fam [insignificante]
    sólo van a venir tres o cuatro invitados locos only a handful of guests will show up;
    no nos vamos a pelear por dos pesos locos let's not quarrel over a few measly pesos
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [enfermo] [hombre] lunatic, madman;
    [mujer] lunatic, madwoman;
    conduce o Am [m5] maneja como un loco he drives like a madman;
    corrimos como locos we ran like mad o crazy;
    el loco de tu marido se puso a chillar that madman husband of yours started shouting;
    ponerse como un loco [enfadarse] to go mad;
    sería de locos empezar de nuevo todo el trabajo it would be crazy o madness to start the whole job over again;
    Fam
    ¡deja de hacer el loco! stop messing around!;
    cada loco con su tema: ya está otra vez Santi con lo del yoga, cada loco con su tema Santi's going on about yoga again, the man's obsessed!;
    Fam
    hacerse el loco to play dumb, to pretend not to understand
    2. RP, Ven Fam [como apelativo]
    este loco se encarga de todo this guy's in charge of everything;
    loco, vení para acá come over here, Br mate o US buddy
    3. Chile [molusco comestible] false abalone
    * * *
    I adj mad, crazy;
    a lo loco fam ( sin pensar) hastily;
    es para volverse loco it’s enough to drive you mad o crazy;
    remate completely mad;
    estar loco de alegría be insanely happy;
    estar loco por alguien be mad o crazy about s.o.
    II m
    1 madman;
    cada loco con su tema each to his own;
    hacer el loco make a fool of o.s.
    guy;
    loco, ayudame help me, pal
    * * *
    loco, -ca adj
    1) demente: crazy, insane, mad
    2)
    a lo loco : wildly, recklessly
    3)
    volverse loco : to go mad
    loco, -ca n
    1) : crazy person, lunatic
    2)
    hacerse el loco : to act the fool
    * * *
    loco1 adj crazy [comp. crazier; superl. craziest] / mad [comp. madder; superl. maddest]
    loco2 n lunatic

    Spanish-English dictionary > loco

  • 6 GOÐ

    * * *
    n. pl. [all the Teutonic languages have this word in common; Ulf. guþa, n. pl., Gal. iv. 8; guda, id., John x. 34, 35; and Guþ, m.; A. S. godu, n. pl., and God, m.; O. H. G. Cot: in mod. languages masc.; Engl. God; Germ. Gott; Dan.-Swed. Gud].
    A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—In heathen times this word was neuter, and was used almost exclusively in plur., as were also other words denoting Godhead, e. g. regin or rögn = numina, q. v.; and bönd, höpt, prop. = bonds, and metaph. gods:—this plur. usage seems not to refer to a plurality of gods, but rather, as the Hebrew אלהים, to the majesty and mystery of the Godhead; it points to an earlier and purer faith than that which was current in the later ages of the Scandinavian heathendom; thus the old religious poem Völuspá distinguishes a twofold order of gods,—the heavenly powers (regin or ginn-heilög goð) who had no special names or attributes, and who ruled the world, like the Μοιρα or Αισα of Gr. mythology;—and the common gods who were divided into two tribes, Æsir ( Ases) and Vanir, whose conflict and league are recorded in Vsp. 27, 28, and Edda 47.
    II. after the introduction of Christianity, the masculine gender (as in Greek and Latin) superseded the neuter in all Teutonic languages, first in Gothic, then in Old High German and Anglo-Saxon, and lastly in the Scandinavian languages; but neither in Gothic nor in Icel. did the word ever take the masc. inflexive r or s, so that it remains almost unique in form.
    2. in Scandinavian the root vowel was altered from o to u (goð to guð), [Swed.-Dan. gud], yet in old poems of the Christian age it is still made to rhyme with o, Goðs, boðnum; Goð, roðnar, Sighvat; as also in the oldest MSS. of the 12th century; sometimes however it is written ḡþ, in which case the root vowel cannot be discerned.
    3. in Icel. the pronunciation also underwent a change, and the g in Guð ( God) is now pronounced gw (Gwuð), both in the single word and in those proper names which have become Christian, e. g. Guðmundr pronounced Gwuðmundr, whence the abbreviated form Gvendr or Gvöndr. The old form with o is still retained in obsolete words, as goði, goðorð, vide below, and in local names from the heathen age, as Goð-dalir; so also Gormr (q. v.), which is contracted from Goð-ormr not Guð-ormr. On the other hand, the Saxon and German have kept the root vowel o.
    III. in old poems of heathen times it was almost always used without the article; gremdu eigi goð at þér, Ls.; áðr vér heilög goð blótim, Fas. i. (in a verse); ginnheilög Goð, Vsp. passim; goðum ek þat þakka, Am. 53; með goðum, Alm.; in prose, en goð hefna eigi alls þegar, Nj. 132.
    2. with the article goð-in, Vsp. 27: freq. in prose, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá er hér brann hraunit er nú stöndu vér á, Bs. i. (Kr. S.) 22; eigi eru undr at goðin reiðisk tölum slíkum, id.; Hallfreðr lastaði eigi goðin, þó aðrir menn hallmælti þeim, Fms. ii. 52; allmikin hug leggr þú á goðin, Fs. 94; eigi munu goðin þessu valda, Nj. 132, passim.
    3. very seldom in sing., and only if applied to a single goddess or the like, as Öndor-goðs (gen.), Haustl. 7; Vana-goð, of Freyja, Edda; enu skírleita goði, of the Sun, Gm. 39.
    IV. after the introduction of Christianity, the neut. was only used of false gods in sing. as well as in pl., Sólar-goð = Apollo, Orrostu-goð = Mars, Drauma-goð = Morpheus, Bret. (Verel.); and was held up for execration by the missionaries; gör þik eigi svá djarfa, at þú kallir goð hinn hæsta konung er ek trúi á, Fb. i. 371. Yet so strongly did the neut. gender cleave to the popular mind that it remains (Grág. Kb. i. 192) in the oath formula, goð gramt = Goð gramr; and Icel. still say, í Guðanna (pl.) bænum.
    2. guðír, masc. pl., as in A. S. gudas, is freq. in eccl. writers, but borrowed from the eccl. Lat.
    B. IN COMPDS:
    I. with nouns, goða-blót, n. sacrifice to the gods, Fb. i. 35. goða-gremi, f. a term in the heathen oath, wrath of the gods, Eg. 352. goða-heill, f. favour of the gods, Þorst. Síðu H. 9. goða-hús, n. a house of gods, temple, Dropl. 11, Nj. 131, Fb. i. 337. goða-stallar, m. pl. the altar in temples, Fas. i. 454. goða-stúka, u, f. the sanctuary in heathen temples, answering to the choir or sanctuary in churches, Landn. 335 (App.) goða-tala, u, f. in the phrase, í goðatölu, in the tale ( list) of gods, 625. 41. goð-borinn, part. διογενής, god-born, Hkv. 1. 29. goð-brúðr, f. bride of the gods (the goddess Skaði), Edda (in a verse). Goð-dalir, m. pl. a local name, hence Goð-dælir, m. pl. a family, Landn. goð-gá, f. blasphemy against the gods, Nj. 163, Ld. 180. goð-heimr, m. the home of the gods, Stor. 20, cp. Ýt. goð-konungr, m. (cp. Gr. διογενής βασιλεύς), a king,—kings being deemed the offspring of gods, Ýt. goð-kunnigr and goð-kyndr, adj. of the kith of gods, Edda 6, 11, 13. goð-lauss, adj. godless, a nickname, Landn. goð-lax, m. a kind of salmon, Edda (Gl.) goð-leiðr, adj. loathed by the gods, Korm. goð-máligr, adj. skilled in the lore of the gods, Hým. 38. goð-mögn, n. pl. divine powers, deities, Edda 1; biðja til þinna goðmagna, Bret. (Verel.) goð-reið, f. ‘a ride of gods’ through the air, a meteor, thought to forebode great events, Glúm. (in a verse), cp. the Swed. åska. goð-rifi, n. scorn of the gods, Sks. 435. goð-rækr, adj. ‘god-forsaken,’ wicked, 623. 30. goðum-leiðr, adj. = goðleiðr, Landn. (in a verse). goð-vargr, m. a ‘god-worrier,’ sacrilegus, ‘lupus in sanctis,’ Bs. i. 13 (in a verse). goð-vefr, vide guðvefr. goð-vegr, m. the way of the gods, the heaven, the sky, Hdl. 5. Goð-þjóð, f. the abode of the gods, Vsp.:—but Goth. Gut-þjuda = the land of the Goths, by assimilation Goð-þjóð, passim in old poems and the Sagas.
    II. with pr. names, originally Goð-, later and mod. Guð-; of men, Guð-brandr, Guð-laugr, Guð-leifr, Guð-mundr, Guð-röðr, Guð-ormr or Gutt-ormr, etc.; of women, Guð-björg, Guð-finna, Guð-laug, Guð-leif, Guð-ný, Guð-ríðr, Guð-rún, etc.; cp. the interesting statement in Eb. (App.) 126 new Ed. (from the Hauks-bók), that men of the olden time used to call their sons and daughters after the gods (Goð-, Þór-, Frey-, Ás-); and it was thought that a double (i. e. a compound) name gave luck and long life, esp. those compounded with the names of gods; menn höfðu mjök þá tvau nöfn, þótti þat likast til langlífis ok heilla, þótt nokkurir fyrirmælti þeim við goðin, þá mundi þat ekki saka, ef þeir ætti eitt nafn, though any one cursed them by the gods it would not hurt if they had ‘one’ name, i. e. if they were the namesakes of the gods, Eb. l. c.;—we read ‘eitt nafn’ for ‘eitt annat nafn’ of the Ed. and MS. In Fb. i. 23, the mythical king Raum is said to have had three sons, Alf, Björn, and Brand; the first was reared by the Finns, and called Finn-Alf; Björn by his mother (a giantess), and called Jötun-Björn; and Brand was given to the gods, and called Goð-Brand (Guð-brandr, whence Guðbrands-dalir, a county in Norway); cp. also Eb. ch. 7.
    ☞ For the Christian sense of God and its compds vide s. v. Guð.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐ

  • 7 Okikurumi

    is name of Aynu cultural hero (Pilsudski thought that Okikurumi was closely connected with the area of Saru and other areas mythology knows another name: Mocarok, Kasunre, Ikoresuye, Sirakte). Okikurumi was the main hero of oyna, mythology poems. According to the evidence collected by B. Chamberlain Okikurumi had taught people to hunt and to fish and his younger sister and wife named Turesi Maci had taught people to sew and to weave. N. A. Nevski, considered Okikurumi as founder of each sphere of Aynu culture each their faith… Okikurumi was also named Oyna-kamuy that mean deity of oyna. Okikurumi was also named Aynu-rak-kur or A-e-oyna-kamuy (person smelling Aynu people or person about whom we compose poems). So, I think, that term god or deity isn’t correct in connection to such being as Okikurumi is. I believe that considering Okikurumi as superhuman being (in Nietzschean understanding) can be more usefull and correct. According to a legend Okikurumi was born by the following way: the highest deities ordered to Kotan kara kamuy (settlements made deity) to descend to the earth and to set it to right. Kotan kara kamuy had dug through rivers’ valleys and had driven his mattock into the ground, then he ascended to the heaven. This mattock took root and became elm-tree, more exactly the goddess of elm-tree – Cikisani. Pa kor kamuy (deity of year) was flying above the land, admiring about made work and sat at the elm-tree to have a rest. Due to this chance goddess Cikisani became pregnant and she bore son, late named Ookikurumi or Aynurakkur. Elm-tree was used by Aynu people in getting fire by friction. So Okikurumi is connected with fire. K. Kindaiti also studying this question paid attention to the semantics of word Ci-ki-sa-ni literally it means: ‘tree from which they get fire’. When Okikurumi become adult Cikisani made a present to him – magic sword. When Ookikurumi snatched it out around this sword immediately appeared flame annihilating ghosts of darkness and evil. Because of it sheath and hem of Okikurumi’s clothes (kosonte) were always singed. Культурный герой Айну (Пилсудский полагал, что имя Окикуруми тесно связано с местностью Сару и мифология других местностей знает другие имена: Моцарок, Касунрэ, Икорэсуйэ, Сирактэ). Окикуруми является главным героем ойна. Согласно Б. Чемберлену, Окикуруми научил людей охотиться и ловить рыбу, а его младшая сестра и жена – Трэси Маци ткать и шить. Н. А. Невский рассматривал Окикуруми как основателя всего айнского образа жизни. Окикуруми также называли Oyna-kamuy Божество юкар, Aynu-rak-kur Существо, пахнущее людьми, A-e-oyna-kamuy Бог, о котором мы слагаем ойна. Поэтому, я полагаю, что термин “бог”, “божество” не совсем корректен по отношению к Окикуруми, и предлагаю использовать термин “сверхчеловеческое существо” (возможно в ницшеанском понимании). Согласно одной легенде, Окикуруми родился следующим образом: высшие божества приказали Kotan kara kamuy (Божеству, устроившему поселения) спуститься на землю и привести ее в порядок. Он прорыл долины рек и перед тем, как вернуться обратно на небо, воткнул мотыгу в землю. Мотыга пустила корни и стала вязом, точнее божеством вяза – Цикисани, Pa kor kamuy (Бог, хранитель года) пролетал над землей, осматривая проделанную работу и присел отдохнуть на дерево Цикисани. Из-за этого Цикисани стала беременной и родила сына, которого позднее назвали Окикуруми. Вяз использовался Айну для добывания огня трением. Поэтому Окикуруми связан с огнем. Киндаити Кёсукэ интерпретировал имя Ci-ki-sa-ni как “дерево, из которого мы получаем огонь”. Когда Окикуруми стал взрослым его мать подарила ему магический меч, который вспыхивал как только Окикуруми вынимал его из ножен, и уничтожал духов тьмы и зла. Поэтому ножны и подол халата Окикуруми всегда были опалены.

    Ainu-English-Russian/Japanese dictionary > Okikurumi

  • 8 ναός

    ναός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; s. B-D-F §44, 1; Mlt-H. 71; 121) a place or structure specifically associated with or set apart for a deity, who is frequently perceived to be using it as a dwelling, temple.
    ⓐ of temples gener. (Diod S 5, 15, 2 θεῶν ναούς; Ar. 3:2; Just., A I, 9, 1; Hippol., Ref. 5, 26, 33) Ac 17:24. Specif. of temples: of replicas of the temple of Artemis at Ephesus 19:24 (Tat. 3:1); but here, near ἱερόν vs. 27 (cp. OGI 90, 34 [196 B.C.]; Sb 8745, 6 [pap 171/72 A.D.] ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Σοκνοβραίσεως ναὸς ξύλινος περικεχρυσωμένος. Likew. 8747, 5; 3 Macc 1:10; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 139 ἱερὰ κ. ναοί, Decal. 7; Jos., Ant. 16, 106), ναός can be understood in the more restricted sense shrine, where the image of the goddess stood (so Hdt. et al.; Diod S 1, 97, 9; 20, 14, 3; UPZ 5, 27=6, 22 [163 B.C.], s. the editor’s note; BGU 1210, 191 ἐν παντὶ ἱερῷ, ὅπου ναός ἐστιν; 211; PErlang 21 [II A.D.]: APF 14, ’41, 100f, a shrine w. a ξόανον of Isis).
    ⓑ of the temple at Jerusalem (3 Km 6:5, 17 al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 62ff; Just., D. 36, 6 al; SibOr 3, 575; 657; 702; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Σόλυμα: ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις.—ναός [νεώς] of Herod’s temple: Philo, In Flacc. 46, Leg. ad Gai. 278 al.; Jos., Bell. 5, 185; 207; 215, Ant. 15, 380; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 47, 11; Did., Gen. 135, 17; 192, 23; also of the entire temple precinct: Jos., Bell. 6, 293, C. Ap. 2, 119) Mt 23:17, 35; 27:5, 40; Mk 14:58 (on this saying s. RHoffmann, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 130–39 and MGoguel, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 117–36. More generally DPlooij, Jes. and the Temple: ET 42, ’31, 36–39); 15:29; Lk 1:21f; J 2:20; Ac 7:48 v.l.; Rv 11:2; 1 Cl 41:2; 16:1ff; GPt 7:26. ὁ ν. καὶ ὁ λαὸς Ἰσραήλ 16:5; οἱ ἱερεῖς τ. ναοῦ 7:3. τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ the curtain of the temple that separated the Holy of Holies fr. the holy place Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38; Lk 23:45; τ. κ. τ. ναοῦ τῆς Ἰερουσαλήμ GPt 5:20. τὰ παθνώματα τοῦ ναοῦ the paneled ceiling of the temple GJs 24:3. An oath by the temple Mt 23:16, 21. More fully ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ (as ParJer 4:4; Jos., Ant. 15, 380; cp. Artem. 2, 26 νεὼς θεοῦ) Mt 26:61; 2 Th 2:4 (on this s. WWrede, Die Echtheit des 2 Th 1903, 96ff); Rv 11:1 (on the prophecy of the rescue of the temple fr. the general destruction cp. Jos., Bell. 6, 285). ὁ ναὸς τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:9; cp. 1 Cl 23:5 (Mal 3:1). ναὸς κυρίου GJs (16 times), also τῷ ν. αὐτοῦ 23:1.
    ⓒ of a heavenly sanctuary (cp. Ps 10:4; 17:7; Wsd 3:14 ν. κυρίου; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 66; TestLevi 5:1) of Rv: ὁ ναός 14:15; 15:6, 8ab; 16:1, 17. ὁ ναὸς αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) 7:15; 11:19b. ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ 14:17. ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ 11:19a. ὁ ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τ. μαρτυρίου ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ 15:5. S. also 3:12. Yet there will be no temple in the New Jerusalem 21:22a; God in person is the sanctuary of the eternal city vs. 22b.
    ⓓ of a human body or part thereof, in imagery (Philo, Op. M. 136f of the σῶμα as the νεὼς ἱερὸς ψυχῆς; Tat. 15, 2).—Of the spirit-filled body of Christians, which is said to be a habitation of God, therefore a temple (Iren. 5, 9, 4 [PJena]; Hippol., Ref. 5, 19, 15; cp. Sextus 35), which is not to be contaminated by sinful indulgence (on Greco-Roman purity regulations for entry into temples, s. for example SIG 983 and note 3): τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν ν. τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἁγίου πνεύματός ἐστιν your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit (dwelling) within you 1 Cor 6:19. The habitation of the heart is a ν. ἅγιος τῷ κυρίῳ 6:15; cp. the development of this thought 16:6–10 (Pythagorean saying in HSchenkl, Wiener Stud 8, 1886, 273 no. 66 νεὼς θεοῦ σοφὸς νοῦς, ὸ̔ν ἀεὶ χρὴ παρασκευάζειν κ. κατακοσμεῖν εἰς παραδοχὴν θεοῦ. Cp. Sextus 46a; Synes., Dio 9 p. 49c νεὼς οὗτος [i.e., the νοῦς οἰκεῖος θεῷ=the Νοῦς is the real temple of God]). Of spirit-filled Christians γίνεσθαι ν. τέλειον τῷ θεῷ 4:11. φυλάσσειν τὴν σάρκα ὡς ν. θεοῦ 2 Cl 9:3; τηρεῖν τὴν σάρκα ὡς ν. θεοῦ IPhld 7:2. Hence individual Christians are called αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) ναοί IEph 15:3. Of a Christian congregation 1 Cor 3:16, 17ab; 2 Cor 6:16ab. αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ Eph 2:21. The Christians are λίθοι ναοῦ πατρός stones for the Father’s temple IEph 9:1. To place great emphasis on the oneness of the Christian community (which permits no division) Christians are challenged thus: πάντες ὡς εἰς ἕνα ναὸν συντρέχετε θεοῦ come together, all of you, as to one temple of God IMg 7:2.—(Cp.: ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντος τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου ‘the entire world is God’s temple’ Orig., C. Cels. 7, 44, 38).—S. ἱερόν b.—KBaltzer, HTR 58, ’65, 263–77 (Luke); BGärtner, The Temple and the Community in Qumran and in the NT ’65; RClements, God and Temple ’65 (OT).
    ⓔ The uses in J 2:19, 20, 21 call for special attention. Jesus, standing in Jersualem’s temple exclaims, λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον καὶ ἐν τρισίν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it (vs. 19), which some persons in the narrative understand as a ref. to the physical structure (vs. 20), but the narrator interprets it as a reference to the ναὸς τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ temple of his body (vs. 21) (AMDubarle, Le signe du Temple [J 2:19]: RB 48, ’39, 21–44; OCullmann, TZ 4, ’48, 367). Cp. the description of Christ’s body δικαιοσύνης ν. AcPlCor 2:17.—B. 1465. DELG. M-M. DLNT 1159–66. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ναός

  • 9 Libertas

    lībertas (old form, loebertas; v. 1. liber init.), ātis, f. [1. liber], the state or condition of a freeman, a being free, freedom, liberty, freedom from restraint or obligation, [p. 1059] free will, etc.
    I.
    In gen.:

    quid est enim libertas? potestas vivendi, ut velis,

    Cic. Par. 5, 1, 34:

    ne majorem largiar ei, qui contra dicturus est, libertatem et licentiam,

    id. Ac. 2, 10, 30:

    praecidere sibi libertatem vivendi,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    tabella dat populo eam libertatem, ut, quod velint, faciant,

    id. Planc. 6, 16:

    libertas in ridendo, in plorando,

    id. ib. 14, 33:

    omnium rerum impunitam libertatem tenere,

    id. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    libertas est naturalis facultas ejus quod cuique facere libet, nisi si quid vi aut jure prohibetur,

    Just. Inst. 1, 3, 1.—With gen.:

    feminae omnium rerum libertatem desiderant,

    Liv. 34, 2 fin:

    testamentorum,

    Quint. 3, 6, 84:

    verborum (with licentia figurarum),

    id. 10, 1, 28:

    dialogorum,

    id. 10, 5, 15:

    caeli,

    the open air, id. 10, 3, 22.— Poet. with inf sit modo libertas, quae velit ira, loqui, Prop. 1, 1, 28:

    nec mihi libertas imis freta tollere arenis,

    Val. Fl. 1, 601.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Civil freedom, liberty, opp. to slavery:

    Scaevae, servo Q. Crotonis, libertas data est,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 11, 31: alicujus libertati parcere, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 206 Vahl.):

    omnes homines naturā libertati studere et condicionem servitutis odisse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 10 fin.:

    patriam et libertatem perdidi,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 50:

    libertas paenulast tergo tuo,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 74:

    haruspex his promisit libertatem,

    id. Poen. 5, 4, 54:

    aliquem in libertatem asserere,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    petitur puer in libertatem,

    id. Rhet. 1:

    libertatis condicio,

    Ulp. Fragm. 2, 3:

    favor libertatis,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 21; Paul. Sent. 2, 23, 2:

    libertatem dare,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 200:

    amittere,

    id. ib. 1, 160 sq.—
    (β).
    In plur. (anteand post-class.):

    tribus non conduci possim libertatibus, Quin, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 70:

    pecunias et libertates servis et ante dono datas,

    Tac. A. 15, 55:

    in libertatibus dandis,

    Gai. Inst. 2, § 228:

    libertatium conservandarum causa,

    Dig. 38, 1, 13, § 1:

    lex (Fufia Caninia) cavet ut libertates servis testamento nominatim dentur,

    Ulp. Fragm. 1, 25.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    se in libertatem vindicare,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 145; cf.:

    in libertatem vindicati,

    id. N. D. 1, 20, 56.—
    B.
    Political freedom, liberty, or independence of a people not under monarchical rule, or not subject to another people (opp. servitus and dominatus):

    aut exigendi reges non fuerunt: aut plebi re, non verbo danda libertas,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 10 fin.:

    aliae nationes servitutem pati possunt: populi Romani est propria libertas,

    id. Phil. 6, 7 fin.; cf. id. ib. 3, 11 fin.:

    in optimatium dominatu vix particeps libertatis potest esse multitudo,

    id. Rep. 1, 27, 43:

    et a regum et a patrum dominatione solere in libertatem rem populi vindicari, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    alicui eripere libertatem,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 28:

    in libertate permanere,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 8:

    libertatem accipere, recuperare,

    id. ib. 7, 1 fin.:

    plus communi libertati tribuere,

    id. ib. 7, 37:

    per dolum ac proditionem prope libertas amissa est,

    Liv. 2, 3, 1:

    conditor Romanae libertatis,

    id. 8, 34.—
    C.
    The spirit of liberty, consciousness of freedom:

    dolor animi, innata libertas, prompta excellensque virtus,

    Cic. Sest. 41, 88:

    timefacta libertas,

    id. Off. 2, 7, 24.—
    D.
    Freedom of speech or thought, frankness, boldness, candor (mostly post-Aug.):

    hoc mihi libertas, hoc pia lingua dedit,

    Ov. H. 15, 68:

    vera de exitu ejus magna cum libertate ominatus est,

    Vell. 2, 71, 2:

    quae in aliis libertas est, in aliis licentia vocatur,

    Quint. 3, 8, 48:

    affectatores libertatis,

    id. 6, 2, 16; 10, 1, 94:

    antiqua comoedia facundissimae libertatis,

    id. 10, 1, 65:

    vox honestissimae libertatis,

    id. 11, 1, 37:

    libertas ingenii,

    Sall. J. 30, 3.—
    E.
    Freedom from taxation, exemption:

    aedium,

    Dig. 8, 6, 18.—
    F.
    Personified: Līber-tas, tatis, f., the goddess of Liberty, whose temple on the Aventine Hill was founded by the father of Tiberius Gracchus in the second Punic war; in the atrium of this temple the census-tables were preserved, Ov. F. 4, 624; Liv. 24, 17; 25, 7; 34, 44; 45, 15; Cic. Mil. 22, 59; id. Att. 4, 16, 14; id. N. D. 2, 23, 61. A statue of Libertas was erected by Clodius on the site of Cicero's house after it was pulled down, Cic. Att. 4, 2, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Libertas

  • 10 libertas

    lībertas (old form, loebertas; v. 1. liber init.), ātis, f. [1. liber], the state or condition of a freeman, a being free, freedom, liberty, freedom from restraint or obligation, [p. 1059] free will, etc.
    I.
    In gen.:

    quid est enim libertas? potestas vivendi, ut velis,

    Cic. Par. 5, 1, 34:

    ne majorem largiar ei, qui contra dicturus est, libertatem et licentiam,

    id. Ac. 2, 10, 30:

    praecidere sibi libertatem vivendi,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    tabella dat populo eam libertatem, ut, quod velint, faciant,

    id. Planc. 6, 16:

    libertas in ridendo, in plorando,

    id. ib. 14, 33:

    omnium rerum impunitam libertatem tenere,

    id. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    libertas est naturalis facultas ejus quod cuique facere libet, nisi si quid vi aut jure prohibetur,

    Just. Inst. 1, 3, 1.—With gen.:

    feminae omnium rerum libertatem desiderant,

    Liv. 34, 2 fin:

    testamentorum,

    Quint. 3, 6, 84:

    verborum (with licentia figurarum),

    id. 10, 1, 28:

    dialogorum,

    id. 10, 5, 15:

    caeli,

    the open air, id. 10, 3, 22.— Poet. with inf sit modo libertas, quae velit ira, loqui, Prop. 1, 1, 28:

    nec mihi libertas imis freta tollere arenis,

    Val. Fl. 1, 601.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Civil freedom, liberty, opp. to slavery:

    Scaevae, servo Q. Crotonis, libertas data est,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 11, 31: alicujus libertati parcere, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 206 Vahl.):

    omnes homines naturā libertati studere et condicionem servitutis odisse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 10 fin.:

    patriam et libertatem perdidi,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 50:

    libertas paenulast tergo tuo,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 74:

    haruspex his promisit libertatem,

    id. Poen. 5, 4, 54:

    aliquem in libertatem asserere,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    petitur puer in libertatem,

    id. Rhet. 1:

    libertatis condicio,

    Ulp. Fragm. 2, 3:

    favor libertatis,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 21; Paul. Sent. 2, 23, 2:

    libertatem dare,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 200:

    amittere,

    id. ib. 1, 160 sq.—
    (β).
    In plur. (anteand post-class.):

    tribus non conduci possim libertatibus, Quin, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 70:

    pecunias et libertates servis et ante dono datas,

    Tac. A. 15, 55:

    in libertatibus dandis,

    Gai. Inst. 2, § 228:

    libertatium conservandarum causa,

    Dig. 38, 1, 13, § 1:

    lex (Fufia Caninia) cavet ut libertates servis testamento nominatim dentur,

    Ulp. Fragm. 1, 25.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    se in libertatem vindicare,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 145; cf.:

    in libertatem vindicati,

    id. N. D. 1, 20, 56.—
    B.
    Political freedom, liberty, or independence of a people not under monarchical rule, or not subject to another people (opp. servitus and dominatus):

    aut exigendi reges non fuerunt: aut plebi re, non verbo danda libertas,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 10 fin.:

    aliae nationes servitutem pati possunt: populi Romani est propria libertas,

    id. Phil. 6, 7 fin.; cf. id. ib. 3, 11 fin.:

    in optimatium dominatu vix particeps libertatis potest esse multitudo,

    id. Rep. 1, 27, 43:

    et a regum et a patrum dominatione solere in libertatem rem populi vindicari, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    alicui eripere libertatem,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 28:

    in libertate permanere,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 8:

    libertatem accipere, recuperare,

    id. ib. 7, 1 fin.:

    plus communi libertati tribuere,

    id. ib. 7, 37:

    per dolum ac proditionem prope libertas amissa est,

    Liv. 2, 3, 1:

    conditor Romanae libertatis,

    id. 8, 34.—
    C.
    The spirit of liberty, consciousness of freedom:

    dolor animi, innata libertas, prompta excellensque virtus,

    Cic. Sest. 41, 88:

    timefacta libertas,

    id. Off. 2, 7, 24.—
    D.
    Freedom of speech or thought, frankness, boldness, candor (mostly post-Aug.):

    hoc mihi libertas, hoc pia lingua dedit,

    Ov. H. 15, 68:

    vera de exitu ejus magna cum libertate ominatus est,

    Vell. 2, 71, 2:

    quae in aliis libertas est, in aliis licentia vocatur,

    Quint. 3, 8, 48:

    affectatores libertatis,

    id. 6, 2, 16; 10, 1, 94:

    antiqua comoedia facundissimae libertatis,

    id. 10, 1, 65:

    vox honestissimae libertatis,

    id. 11, 1, 37:

    libertas ingenii,

    Sall. J. 30, 3.—
    E.
    Freedom from taxation, exemption:

    aedium,

    Dig. 8, 6, 18.—
    F.
    Personified: Līber-tas, tatis, f., the goddess of Liberty, whose temple on the Aventine Hill was founded by the father of Tiberius Gracchus in the second Punic war; in the atrium of this temple the census-tables were preserved, Ov. F. 4, 624; Liv. 24, 17; 25, 7; 34, 44; 45, 15; Cic. Mil. 22, 59; id. Att. 4, 16, 14; id. N. D. 2, 23, 61. A statue of Libertas was erected by Clodius on the site of Cicero's house after it was pulled down, Cic. Att. 4, 2, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > libertas

  • 11 BRANA

    u, f. a freq. name of a cow, [ brana = juvenca, cited by Du Cange from old Spanish Latin deeds; it probably came into Spain with the Goths.] brönu-grös, n. pl., botan. Satyrium Albidum; in Icel. lore this flower plays the same part as the German alraun or English mandrake; the b. are also called ‘Friggjar-gras’ (Frigg = Freyja, the goddess of love), and ‘elsku-gras,’ flower of love, as it is thought to create love between man and woman, Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 648. Gen. xxx. 14.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BRANA

  • 12 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 13 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 14 SÓL

    * * *
    (gen. sólar, dat. sól and sólu), f.
    1) sun (hann fal sik á hendi þeim guði, er sólina hafði skapat); á morgin fyrir s., before sunrise; einn morgin við s., about sunrise; þá var dagr all-ljóss, ok s. farin, the sun had risen; sól var lítt farin, lítt á lopt komin, not high above the horizon; s. rennr upp, the sun rises; þegar er sólina lægði, when the sun got low; s. gengr í ægi, til viðar, undir, s. sezt, the sun sets; ganga at sólu, to go prosperously, succeed to one’s wishes (honum gengu náliga allir hlutir at sólu);
    2) day; fyrir ina þriðju s., before the third sun, within three days; áðr sjau sólir eru af himni, before seven days have passed.
    * * *
    f., dat. sól, and older sólu; acc. with the article sólna, Edda 41, Ó. H. 216; sól is the Scandin. word, ‘sunna’ being only used in poets: [in Ulf. sauil occurs twice, Mark i. 32, xiii. 24; in A. S. poets sôl occurs once, see Grein; Dan.-Swed. sōl; Lat. sōl; Gr. ἥλιος.]
    A. The sun, Vsp. 4. 5, 57, Gm. 38; úlfrinn gleypir sólna. Edda 41; vedr var heitt af sólu, Ó. H.; sól skein í heiði, 216; nú vil ek heita á þann er sólina hefir skapat, Fs. 59; hann lét sik bera í sólar-geisla í bana-sótt sinni ok fal sik á hendi þeim guði er sólina hafði skapat, Landn. 38.
    2. various phrases as to the sun’s course; fyrir sól, before sunrise, Bs. ii. 241; einn morgin við sól, with the sun, about sunrise, Eg. 717; með sólu, id., Bs. ii. 243; sól rennr á fjöll, K. Þ. K.: or mod., sól kastar á fjöll, the sun appears on the fells; or sól roðar, það roðar af sólu; sól rýðr, or rýðr fjöll, the sun reddens the fells, Fms. xi. 438 (sólar-roð), all denoting the moment before sunrise: of the sunrise, þá rann sól upp, Ó. H. 109; þá er sól ridr upp, N. G. L. i. 218: early in the morning, sól skapthá, shaft-high, Grág.; sól lítt farin, Ó. H.; sól lítt á lopt komin, Ld. 36: of noon, sól hátt á lopti, sól hæst á lopti, sól í suðri, sól í landsuðri, Landn. 276, Sturl. iii. 70, Al. 51: of the afternoon and evening, er sólina lægði, Eb. 172; lágr veggr undir sólina, a low wall under the sun (cp. skapthá sól, in the morning), Sturl. iii. 70: of the sunset, er sól settisk (sól-setr), Eb. 172; sól gengr (rennr) í ægi, the sun sinks into the sea, the phrase suits a coast-land towards the west, Fms. ii. 302, Al. 67; or sól rennr á viðu (or til viðar), towards the wood, in a wooded inland country, Hkr. iii. 227; sól affjalla, ‘the sun is off the fells,’ i. e. is after sunset.
    3. of the seasons; cp. the old Dan. phrase, solen bjerges, the sun is ‘mountained,’ sets over the fells; þá tognar dagr en sól vex, Sks. 234 (see sólar-gangr).
    4. sól = day; in the law phrase, fyrir ina þriðju sól, before the third sun, within three days, Grág. ii. 20, 24, Eb. 222, Eg. 723; til hinnar þriðju sólar, Fas. i. 20; er þrjár sólir eru af himni, when three suns are off the heaven, three days hence, Nj. 206.
    5. hann skyldi snemma upp rísa, ok fylgia sólu meðan hæst væri sumars, Lv. 43; þeir skyldi um nætr berjask, en eigi undir sólu, Fms. vii. 296; á þann bekk er vissi móti sólu, towards the south, Fms. vi. 439.
    6. at sólu, following the sun’s course, in due course, prosperously, opp. to andsælis (q. v.), ‘withershins;’ þér skyldið rétt horfa á sólina, ok draumr þinn skyldi þér at sólu ganga, Fb. ii. 298; Páll biskup var svá mikill gæfu-maðr, at honum gengu náliga allir hlutir at sólu (sölu = s́lu, Ed.) hinn fyrra hlut æfi sinnar, Bs. i. 137: er náliga mun komið á enda æfi minnar, ok gengit áðr mart at sólu, 70; but wizards used to make a ring or walk against the sun’s course, saying charms, which was thought to work evil, see andsælis: gýgjar-sól (q. v.), a mock-sun, Sól.; auka-sólir, ‘eke-suns,’ mock-suns: a beam gener., skínn af sverði sól, Vsp. 51.
    II. the Sun-goddess. the sister of Máni and daughter of the giant Möndilföri, Vþm., Gm., Edda.
    ☞ The sun as an object of worship and reverence:—the heathen Thorkel Máni, when on his death-bed, had himself carried out into the sun, and commended his spirit to the god who had made the sun, Landn. 38, see the citation above; sól ek sá … henni ek laut hinnsta sinni ægis-heimi í, I saw the sun and louted to him the last time in this world, Sól. So in Icel. at the present day children, immediately after getting out of bed in the morning, are made to run out of doors bare-headed, there to say a short prayer or verse, and when they return ‘bid good-day,’—a ‘good-day’ being not allowable till this is done; this is called to ‘fetch the good-morning,’ sækja góðan-daginn; the verse Pass. 3. 12 is set apart for this use; but the very words of this verse—á morni hverjum þá upp stend eg, fyrst eg stíg niðr fæti á jörð, færi eg þér hjartans þakkar-görð—were evidently suggested to the poet’s mind by, this beautiful and time-honoured custom then general, but now perhaps fast dying out.
    B. COMPDS: sólarár, sólaráss, sólarbruni, sólarfall, sólargangr, sólargeisli, sólarglaðan, sólargoð, sólarhiti, sólarhringr, sólarhvarf, sólarlag, sólarlítill, sólarljós, sólarrás, sólarroð, sólarseta, sólarsetr, sólarsinnis, sólarskin, sólarsteinn, sólarsuðr, sólartal, sólartár, sólaruppkoma, sólarupprás, sólaröld.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SÓL

  • 15 green

    ɡri:n
    1. adjective
    1) (of the colour of growing grass or the leaves of most plants: a green hat.) verde
    2) (not ripe: green bananas.) verde
    3) (without experience: Only someone as green as you would believe a story like that.) verde, novato; crédulo
    4) (looking as if one is about to be sick; very pale: He was green with envy (= very jealous).) verde

    2. noun
    1) (the colour of grass or the leaves of plants: the green of the trees in summer.) verde, verdor
    2) (something (eg paint) green in colour: I've used up all my green.) verde
    3) (an area of grass: a village green.) césped
    4) (an area of grass on a golf course with a small hole in the centre.) green
    5) (concerned with the protection of the environment: green issues; a green political party.)
    •
    - greens
    - greenfly
    - greengage
    - greengrocer
    - greenhouse
    - greenhouse effect
    - the green light
    green adj n verde
    Se llama village green la zona verde o césped que solía haber en el centro de un pueblo inglés tradicional
    tr[griːn]
    1 (colour) verde
    2 (unripe, not dried) verde
    3 (environment friendly) verde, ecológico,-a
    4 (pale) pálido,-a
    5 (inexperienced) novato,-a, verde; (gullible) ingenuo,-a, crédulo,-a
    6 (jealous) envidioso,-a
    1 SMALLPOLITICS/SMALL los verdes nombre masculino plural
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to be green with envy morirse de envidia
    ■ she was green with envy se moría de envidia, se la comía la envidia
    to give something the green light dar luz verde a algo
    to have green fingers SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL tener buena mano para las plantas
    to have green thumbs SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL tener buena mano para las plantas
    green belt zona verde
    green card SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL permiso de residencia y trabajo
    green paper SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL libro verde
    green pepper pimiento verde
    green salad ensalada verde
    green ['gri:n] adj
    1) : verde (dícese del color)
    2) unripe: verde, inmaduro
    3) inexperienced: verde, novato
    1) : verde m
    2) greens npl
    vegetables: verduras fpl
    adj.
    • bisoño, -a adj.
    • campo (de golf)
    (Deporte) adj.
    • fresco, -a adj.
    • verde adj.
    n.
    • prado s.m.
    • verde s.m.
    • verduras s.f.pl.

    I griːn
    adjective -er, -est
    1) <paint/eyes> verde

    he was green with envy — se moría de envidia

    green spaces — zonas fpl or espacios mpl verdes

    green vegetables — verdura(s) f(pl) de hoja

    to have a green thumb o (BrE) green fingers — tener* mano para las plantas

    2)
    a) ( unripe) verde
    b) (colloq) (pred) ( inexperienced) verde (fam); ( naive) ingenuo
    3) ( Pol) verde, ecologista

    II
    1) u ( color) verde m
    2) c (in village, town) ≈plaza f ( con césped)
    3) greens pl ( vegetables) verdura f ( de hoja verde)
    4) c Green ( Pol) verde mf, ecologista mf
    [ɡriːn]
    1. ADJ
    (compar greener) (superl greenest)
    1) (in colour) verde

    to turn or go green — [tree] verdear

    she went green at the thought — (=nauseous) se puso blanca solo de pensarlo

    - be green with envy
    gill I
    2) (=unripe) [banana, tomato, wood] verde
    3) (fig) (=inexperienced) novato; (=naive) inocente

    I'm not as green as I look! — ¡no soy tan inocente como parezco!

    4) (=ecological) [movement, vote, person] verde, ecologista; [issues, policy, product] ecologista
    2. N
    1) (=colour) verde m
    2) (=grassy area)
    a) (=lawn) césped m; (=field) prado m; (also: village green) césped m comunal
    b) (Sport) (in Golf) green m; (for bowls) pista f; bowling 2., putting 2.
    3) greens (Culin) verdura fsing

    eat up your greens! — ¡cómete la verdura!

    4) (Pol)
    3.
    ADV
    (Pol)

    to vote green — votar por el partido ecologista, votar a los verdes *

    4.
    VT (ecologically) hacer más verde
    5.
    CPD

    green algae N — algas fpl verdes

    green bacon N — tocino m sin ahumar, beicon m sin ahumar (Sp), panceta f (S. Cone)

    green bean N — judía f verde, ejote m (Mex), poroto m verde (And, S. Cone), chaucha f (Arg)

    green belt N — (Brit) zona f verde

    Green Beret N — (Brit, US) (=person) boina mf verde

    green card N — (in EC) (Aut) carta f verde; (in US) permiso de residencia y trabajo en los EE.UU.

    green channel N — (at customs) canal m verde (en aduana)

    the Green Cross Code N — (Brit) código m de seguridad vial

    green fingers NPL (Brit) —

    to have green fingers —

    green goddess * N — (Brit) coche de bomberos del ejército

    green light N — luz f verde

    - give sb/sth the green light

    green onion N — (US) cebolleta f, cebollino m

    green paper N — (Brit) (Pol) libro m verde

    the Green Party N — (Pol) el partido ecologista, los verdes *

    green pepper N — (=vegetable) pimiento m verde, pimentón m verde (LAm)

    green pound N — (ethical shopping) dinero de los que tienen una sensibilidad medioambiental

    green revolution, Green Revolution N — revolución f verde

    green room N — (Theat) camerino m

    green salad N — ensalada f (de lechuga, pepino, pimiento verde etc)

    green thumb N (US) —

    to have a green thumb —

    green vegetables NPL — verduras fpl de hoja verde

    * * *

    I [griːn]
    adjective -er, -est
    1) <paint/eyes> verde

    he was green with envy — se moría de envidia

    green spaces — zonas fpl or espacios mpl verdes

    green vegetables — verdura(s) f(pl) de hoja

    to have a green thumb o (BrE) green fingers — tener* mano para las plantas

    2)
    a) ( unripe) verde
    b) (colloq) (pred) ( inexperienced) verde (fam); ( naive) ingenuo
    3) ( Pol) verde, ecologista

    II
    1) u ( color) verde m
    2) c (in village, town) ≈plaza f ( con césped)
    3) greens pl ( vegetables) verdura f ( de hoja verde)
    4) c Green ( Pol) verde mf, ecologista mf

    English-spanish dictionary > green

  • 16 Ægisif

    f. a Norse popular name for the Αγία Σοφία in Constantinople, Rb., Symb., being an imitation of the word as spoken by the Greeks of the 11th century; the Norsemen on hearing the word from the mouth of the Greeks seem to have thought of their own heathen goddess Sif.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Ægisif

  • 17 διάνοια

    διάνοια, ας, ἡ (s. διανοέομαι; Aeschyl., Hdt+.; in LXX nearly always for לֵב, לֵבָב).
    ① the faculty of thinking, comprehending, and reasoning, understanding, intelligence, mind as the organ of νοεῖν (SibOr 3, 421; Iren. 1, 14, 3 [Harv. I 135, 3]. Of God Hippol., Ref. 1, 19, 2) Hm 10, 1, 5. κατὰ διάνοιαν 1 Cl 19:3. Described as the seat of the λογισμοί Dg 2:1; as the organ of ζωή, πίστις, ἐγκράτεια 1 Cl 35:2. Darkened Eph 4:18; 1 Cl 36:2; 2 Cl 19:2; hence πηρὸς τῇ δ. maimed or blind in understanding 2 Cl 1:6 (cp. Ex 36:1 σοφὸς τῇ δ.; Job 9:4). In contrast, fixed on God (cp. Philochorus, cited 2, below) 1 Cl 35:5. Insight 1J 5:20 (Just., D. 5, 6 ἐπʼ ἄπειρον ἀεὶ τὴν δ. πέμπων). Of moral understanding Hb 8:10; 10:16 (both Jer 38:33); Hm 5, 2, 7; 11:1. W. heart and soul and mind (s. IDefixWünsch 1, 10) Mt 22:37; Mk 12:30 (ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας Epict. 2, 2, 13); Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5 v.l.); cp. 2 Cl 3:4. On τετρωμένοι κατὰ διάνοιαν GPt 7:26 s. τιτρώσκω.
    ② mind as a mode of thinking, disposition, thought, mind (Jos., Ant. 2, 19; Ath. 32, 3) εἰλικρινὴς δ. 2 Pt 3:1; καθαρὰ δ. 1 Cl 21:8; ἁπλῆ δ. 23:1; ἄμωμος δ. ITr 1:1; ὑπερήφανος διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτοῦ (1 Ch 29:18; Bar 1:22) proud in the thoughts of his heart Lk 1:51; ἐχθρὸς τῇ δ. hostile in attitude Col 1:21; ἀπερισπάστῳ δ. w. undisturbed mind IEph 20:2. The mind becomes discouraged Hv 3, 11, 3; disturbed 2 Cl 20:1; corrupted away fr. the Lord Hs 4:7 (contrast Philochorus [IV/III B.C.]: 328 Fgm. 188b Jac. in a hymn to a goddess concerning the devotee’s ‘pure mind’). In imagery gird up the loins of the mind 1 Pt 1:13.
    ③ mind focused on objective, purpose, plan (Jos., Vi. 158) εἰδὼς [τὴν δι]άνοιαν (as restored by edd., but w. proviso PEg2 p. 22 [s. ἄνοια]) PEg2 50f =ASyn. 280, 45. So prob. in 1 Cl 33:4, if κατὰ διάνοιαν (lacking in Lat., Syr., and Coptic transl.) is orig.: in accordance with plan.
    ④ mind as fantasizing power, imagination, in an unfavorable sense 1 Cl 39:1.
    ⑤ mind in sensory aspect, sense, impulse, in a bad sense (Num 15:39) pl. Eph 2:3.—B. 1240. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διάνοια

  • 18 Oriza

    сущ.; SK, DT
    В мире Роланда существовала легенда о Госпоже Риса (Орисе), согласно которой она пригласила завоевателя своего родового феода Серого Дика к себе в замок, сказав, что хочет простить его и покориться его воле. Они договорились встретиться на обеде по этому поводу наедине обнажёнными, чтобы Ориса не смогла спрятать в одежде оружие. Однако она смогла убить своего врага, метнув в него металлическую тарелку с заточенными краями. Эта легенда положила начало культу Леди Орисы, а также исскуству метания подобных тарелок.

    “Ye danced the rice-dance,” he said, “so ye know Lady Oriza.” / Roland nodded. The Lady of the Rice, in some places considered a goddess, in others a heroine, in some, both. / “And ye know how she did away with Gray Dick, who killed her father?” / Roland nodded again. — Ты станцевал танец риса, значит, знаешь о леди Орисе. / Роланд кивнул. В одних местах Госпожа риса почиталась как богиня, в других считалась героиней-воительницей, в третьих, и первой, и второй. / – И ты знаешь, как она разделалась с Серым Диком, который убил ее отца? / Роланд снова кивнул. (ТБ 5)

    “Eisenhart and the Slightmans won’t try to come in,” Callahan said. “What worship they have is for Oriza. Lady Rice.” He grimaced to show what he thought of Lady Rice and the rest of the Calla’s second-rate gods. — Эйзенхарт и Слайтманы в церковь входить не будут, – подал голос Каллагэн. – Они поклоняются Орисе. Госпоже риса, – он скорчил гримаску, показывая свое отношение к Госпоже риса и остальным второсортным богам Кальи. (ТБ 5)

    English-Russian dictionary of neologisms from a series of books by Stephen King "Dark Tower" > Oriza

  • 19 Ἄρτεμις

    Ἄρτεμις, - ιδος, - ιτος
    Grammatical information: f.
    Meaning: name of a goddess (Il.)
    Dialectal forms: Myc. atemito \/ Artemitos\/; atimite \/ Artimitei\/. Dor. Ἄρταμις, - ιτος; Boeot. id. - ιδος; ῎Αρτεμις, - ιτος Delphi (SIG 671 etc.).
    Derivatives: Άρτεμίσιος, Άρταμίτιος m., also Άρτεμισιών, month name (Th.), - ον n. ` tempel of A.' (Hdt.). - ἀρτεμιδήϊον n., ἀρτεμισία f. plant name, s. Strömberg 100.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]
    Etymology: The forms have e\/i, which may point to Pre-Greek. There is further e\/a (s. Fur. 185), which is rather an old phenomenon than a recent assimilation; and there is t\/d (Myc. has -t-: there is a special sign for -d-); note that the forms in - σιον- presuppose a -t- (the -d- can be easily secondary, as seems confirmed by Myc.). -- The name is found in Lydian inscriptions (Artimuś, Artimu-), which in itself does not prove that the name comes from Lydia or Asia Minor (as thought v. Wilamowitz, Hellenistische Dichtung 2, 50; Glaube 1, 324). Lycian has ertemi. -- Improbable is Illyrian origin (from Illyr. * artos `bear', Ruipérez Emerita 15, 1ff. and Zephyrus 2, 89ff.). Against the interpretation as `bear-godess' (to ἄρκτος; lastly Pisani Rev. ét. anc. 37, 149f.) s. Kretschmer Glotta 27, 34, who connects ἄρταμος `butcher', which seems very improbable. Improbable vW. -- Nilsson Gr. Rel. 1, 451ff.; s. Ruipérez l. c. for details; Chantraine L'ant. class. 22, 67.
    Page in Frisk: 1,153-154

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > Ἄρτεμις

  • 20 सुर


    sura
    m. (prob. fr. asura as if fr. a-sura andﾠ as sita fr. a-sita;

    thought by some to be connected with 2. svar) a god, divinity, deity ( surāṇāṉhantṛi m. « slayer of the gods»
    N. of a partic. form of fire, son of Tapas) MaitrUp. MBh. etc.;
    the image of a god, an idol Vishṇ. ;
    a symbolical N. for the number « thirty-three» (from the 33 gods;
    seeﾠ deva) Gaṇit. ;
    a sage, learned man L. ;
    the sun L. ;
    (said to be) = kshura MBh. ;
    w.r. for svara ib. ;
    (ā) f. seeﾠ s.v.;
    (ī) f. a goddess Naish. HPariṡ. ;
    (am) n. seeﾠ surā
    - सुरऋषि
    - सुरकरिन्
    - सुरकामिनी
    - सुरकारु
    - सुरकार्मुक
    - सुरकार्य
    - सुरकाष्ठ
    - सुरकुल
    - सुरकृत्
    - सुरकृत
    - सुरकेतु
    - सुरखण्डनिका
    - सुरगज
    - सुरगण
    - सुरगण्ड
    - सुरगति
    - सुरगर्भ
    - सुरगायक
    - सुरगायन
    - सुरगिरि
    - सुरगुरु
    - सुरगृह
    - सुरग्रामणी
    - सुरचाप
    - सुरजन
    - सुरजा
    - सुरजित्
    - सुरज्येष्ठ
    - सुरतरंगिणी
    - सुरतरु
    - सुरता
    - सुरतुङ्ग
    - सुरतोषक
    - सुरदारु
    - सुरदीर्घिका
    - सुरदुन्दुभि
    - सुरदेवता
    - सुरदेविन्
    - सुरद्रु
    - सुरद्रुम
    - सुरद्विप
    - सुरद्विष्
    - सुरधनुस्
    - सुरधामन्
    - सुरधुनी
    - सुरधूप
    - सुरध्वज
    - सुरनदी
    - सुरनन्दा
    - सुरनायक
    - सुरनाल
    - सुरनिम्नगा
    - सुरनिर्गन्ध
    - सुरनिर्झरिणी
    - सुरनिलय
    - सुरपति
    - सुरपथ
    - सुरपर्ण
    - सुरपर्णिक
    - सुरपर्णिका
    - सुरपर्वत
    - सुरपांसुला
    - सुरपादप
    - सुरपाल
    - सुरपुंनाग
    - सुरपुर
    - सुरपुरोधस्
    - सुरपुष्प
    - सुरप्रतिष्ठा
    - सुरप्रवीर
    - सुरप्रिय
    - सुरभवन
    - सुरभाव
    - सुरभी
    - सुरभुवन
    - सुरभूय
    - सुरभूरुह
    - सुरभूषण
    - सुरमण्डलिका
    - सुरमन्त्रिन्
    - सुरमन्दिर
    - सुरमुनि
    - सुरमूल
    - सुरमृत्तिका
    - सुरमेदा
    - सुरमोहिनी
    - सुरयान
    - सुरयुवति
    - सुरयोषित्
    - सुरराज्
    - सुरराज
    - सुरराजन्
    - सुरराज्य
    - सुररिपु
    - सुरर्षभ
    - सुरर्षि
    - सुरलता
    - सुरलासिका
    - सुरलोक
    - सुरवधू
    - सुरवन
    - सुरवर
    - सुरवर्चस्
    - सुरवर्त्मन्
    - सुरवर्मन्
    - सुरवल्लभ
    - सुरवल्ली
    - सुरवाहिनी
    - सुरविद्विष्
    - सुरविलासिनी
    - सुरवीथी
    - सुरवेला
    - सुरवेश्मन्
    - सुरवैरिन्
    - सुरशत्रु
    - सुरशाखिन्
    - सुरशिल्पिन्
    - सुरश्रेष्ठ
    - सुरश्वेता
    - सुरसख
    - सुरसंघ
    - सुरसत्तम
    - सुरसदन
    - सुरसद्मन्
    - सुरसम
    - सुरसमिति
    - सुरसम्भवा
    - सुरसरित्
    - सुरसर्षपक
    - सुरसिन्धु
    - सुरसुत
    - सुरसुन्दर
    - सुरस्कन्ध
    - सुरस्त्री
    - सुरस्थान
    - सुरस्रवन्ती
    - सुरस्रोतस्विनी

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सुर

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Goddess movement — The Goddess movement is a loose grouping of social and religious phenomena growing out of second wave feminism, predominantly in North America, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand in the 1970s, and the metaphysical community as well.… …   Wikipedia

  • The Legend of the Legendary Heroes — Cover of The Legend of the Legendary Heroes first volume as published by Fujimi Shobo 伝説の勇者の伝説 …   Wikipedia

  • The Doors of Perception —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Cantos — by Ezra Pound is a long, incomplete poem in 120 sections, each of which is a canto . Most of it was written between 1915 and 1962, although much of the early work was abandoned and the early cantos, as finally published, date from 1922 onwards.… …   Wikipedia

  • The Night Angel Trilogy — The Way of Shadows Shadow s Edge Beyond the Shadows Author Brent Weeks Cover artist Illustrator: Calvin Chu Design: Peter Cotton Country United States …   Wikipedia

  • The Two Babylons — was an anti Catholic religious pamphlet produced initially by the Scottish theologian and Protestant Presbyterian Alexander Hislop in 1853. It was later expanded in 1858 and finally published as a book in 1919. Its central theme is its allegation …   Wikipedia

  • The Mythical Detective Loki Ragnarok — Volume 1 of the North American Release 魔探偵ロキ RAGNAROK (Matantei Roki RAGNAROK) …   Wikipedia

  • The Pagan Religions of the Ancient British Isles — The Pagan Religions of the Ancient British Isles: Their Nature and Legacy   …   Wikipedia

  • The Saint of Dragons — is a fantasy novel by Jason Hightman. It is his first book and the first of a series, the second of which is called Samurai. PremiseThe premise of the novel is that Dragons (also known as Serpents, Serpentines, Pyrothraxes or Draconians) are in… …   Wikipedia

  • The Birds (play) — The Birds Rider and birds Laconian calyx ca. 540 B.C. The Dramatis Personae in ancient comedy depends on interpretation of textual evidence.[1] This list is developed from D.Barrett s translation.[2 …   Wikipedia

  • The Wizard of Oz (1939 film) — The Wizard of Oz Theatrical release poster Directed by Victor Fleming Uncredited: Norman Taurog Richard Thorpe …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»